US20050118181A1 - GB virus C (hepatitis G virus) for the treatment of HIV - Google Patents
GB virus C (hepatitis G virus) for the treatment of HIV Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20050118181A1 US20050118181A1 US10/862,061 US86206104A US2005118181A1 US 20050118181 A1 US20050118181 A1 US 20050118181A1 US 86206104 A US86206104 A US 86206104A US 2005118181 A1 US2005118181 A1 US 2005118181A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- gbv
- antibody
- hiv
- cell
- peptide
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 241000531123 GB virus C Species 0.000 title claims abstract description 249
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title description 38
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 115
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 113
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 95
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 95
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 95
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 53
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- ASKSDLRLUXEOOR-SUFRFZPQSA-N gbv-c Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=3C4=CC=CC=C4NC=3)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(C)C)=CNC2=C1 ASKSDLRLUXEOOR-SUFRFZPQSA-N 0.000 claims abstract 19
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 196
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 125
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 93
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 50
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 46
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 43
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 claims description 29
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 25
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 101710125507 Integrase/recombinase Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 claims description 13
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 claims description 13
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 102100021696 Syncytin-1 Human genes 0.000 claims 2
- 206010058874 Viraemia Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 241000710831 Flavivirus Species 0.000 abstract description 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 240
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 122
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 120
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 74
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 73
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 66
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 48
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 48
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 37
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 34
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 30
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 30
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 29
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 29
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 28
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 27
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 26
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 23
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 22
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 22
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 21
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 20
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 20
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 20
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 18
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 15
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 101710205625 Capsid protein p24 Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 101710177166 Phosphoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 101710149279 Small delta antigen Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 102100022563 Tubulin polymerization-promoting protein Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 13
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 13
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 12
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 11
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 10
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 9
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 9
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 9
- HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N zidovudine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](N=[N+]=[N-])C1 HBOMLICNUCNMMY-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229960002555 zidovudine Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 108020004684 Internal Ribosome Entry Sites Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- -1 antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000003839 salts Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 description 7
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 7
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 210000000612 antigen-presenting cell Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000001151 cytotoxic T lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 6
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 5
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 5
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 5
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000829100 Macaca mulatta polyomavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 5
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 5
- 108010076039 Polyproteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 4
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 description 4
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108700018351 Major Histocompatibility Complex Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 4
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 4
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000002443 helper t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000016784 immunoglobulin production Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 4
- PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N phorbol 13-acetate 12-myristate Chemical compound C([C@]1(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]1[C@@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@H]2OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(CO)=C[C@H]1[C@H]1[C@]2(OC(C)=O)C1(C)C PHEDXBVPIONUQT-RGYGYFBISA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002644 phorbol ester Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000020382 suppression by virus of host antigen processing and presentation of peptide antigen via MHC class I Effects 0.000 description 4
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 4
- AGNGYMCLFWQVGX-AGFFZDDWSA-N (e)-1-[(2s)-2-amino-2-carboxyethoxy]-2-diazonioethenolate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO\C([O-])=C\[N+]#N AGNGYMCLFWQVGX-AGFFZDDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 3
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100024952 Protein CBFA2T1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- PLXBWHJQWKZRKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Resazurin Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)C=C2OC3=CC(O)=CC=C3[N+]([O-])=C21 PLXBWHJQWKZRKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091081024 Start codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 3
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000011225 antiretroviral therapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229950011321 azaserine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 3
- 229940035032 monophosphoryl lipid a Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- XOJVVFBFDXDTEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pristane Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C XOJVVFBFDXDTEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical class N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N (2R)-6-amino-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R,3S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S,3S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2R)-2-[[2-[[2-[[2-[(2-amino-1-hydroxyethylidene)amino]-3-carboxy-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxypropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1,5-dihydroxy-5-iminopentylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxybutylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1,3-dihydroxypropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]-1-hydroxy-3-sulfanylpropylidene]amino]-1-hydroxyethylidene]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H]([C@@H](C(=N[C@@H](CS)C(=N[C@@H](C)C(=N[C@@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@@H](CCC(=N)O)C(=NC(CS)C(=N[C@H]([C@H](C)O)C(=N[C@H](CS)C(=N[C@H](CO)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CS)C(=NCC(=N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](C)N=C(CN=C([C@H](CO)N=C([C@H](CS)N=C(CN=C(C(CS)N=C(C(CC(=O)O)N=C(CN)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O)O DIGQNXIGRZPYDK-WKSCXVIASA-N 0.000 description 2
- MIJDSYMOBYNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(ethylamino)ethanol Chemical compound CCNCCO MIJDSYMOBYNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102100035875 C-C chemokine receptor type 5 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710149870 C-C chemokine receptor type 5 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010039939 Cell Wall Skeleton Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010035563 Chloramphenicol O-acetyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010008909 Chronic Hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 101800001467 Envelope glycoprotein E2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010027044 HIV Core Protein p24 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 102000003996 Interferon-beta Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000467 Interferon-beta Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000043131 MHC class II family Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091054438 MHC class II family Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010059343 MM Form Creatine Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003792 Metallothionein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010069196 Neural Cell Adhesion Molecules Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241001028048 Nicola Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001452677 Ogataea methanolica Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000001388 Opportunistic Infections Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010058846 Ovalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KHGNFPUMBJSZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perforine Natural products COC1=C2CCC(O)C(CCC(C)(C)O)(OC)C2=NC2=C1C=CO2 KHGNFPUMBJSZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000000474 Poliomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010071690 Prealbumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ritonavir Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1CC(NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)C(O)CC(CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000054727 Serum Amyloid A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700028909 Serum Amyloid A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100029290 Transthyretin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000798 anti-retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzidine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010006025 bovine growth hormone Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004520 cell wall skeleton Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003162 effector t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940044627 gamma-interferon Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108010017007 glucose-regulated proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 101150028578 grp78 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000011167 hydrochloric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008676 import Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011031 large-scale manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N m-cresol Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 RLSSMJSEOOYNOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003071 memory t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007799 mixed lymphocyte reaction assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940092253 ovalbumin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000007500 overflow downdraw method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930192851 perforin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000020030 perry Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N puromycin Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](N2C3=NC=NC(=C3N=C2)N(C)C)O[C@@H]1CO RXWNCPJZOCPEPQ-NVWDDTSBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960000311 ritonavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N ritonavir Chemical compound N([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1SC=NC=1)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N(C)CC1=CSC(C(C)C)=N1 NCDNCNXCDXHOMX-XGKFQTDJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001852 saquinavir Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QWAXKHKRTORLEM-UGJKXSETSA-N saquinavir Chemical compound C([C@@H]([C@H](O)CN1C[C@H]2CCCC[C@H]2C[C@H]1C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C=1N=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 QWAXKHKRTORLEM-UGJKXSETSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- XETCRXVKJHBPMK-MJSODCSWSA-N trehalose 6,6'-dimycolate Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](COC(=O)C(CCCCCCCCCCC3C(C3)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)O2)O)O1)O)OC(=O)C(C(O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCCCCC1CC1CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC XETCRXVKJHBPMK-MJSODCSWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- CJDRUOGAGYHKKD-XMTJACRCSA-N (+)-Ajmaline Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](CC)[C@@H]2[C@@H]3[C@H](O)[C@@]45[C@@H](N(C)c6c4cccc6)[C@@H](N1[C@H]3C5)C2 CJDRUOGAGYHKKD-XMTJACRCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGVLYPPODPLXMB-UBTYZVCOSA-N (1aR,1bS,4aR,7aS,7bS,8R,9R,9aS)-4a,7b,9,9a-tetrahydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)-1,1,6,8-tetramethyl-1,1a,1b,4,4a,7a,7b,8,9,9a-decahydro-5H-cyclopropa[3,4]benzo[1,2-e]azulen-5-one Chemical compound C1=C(CO)C[C@]2(O)C(=O)C(C)=C[C@H]2[C@@]2(O)[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@]3(O)C(C)(C)[C@H]3[C@@H]21 QGVLYPPODPLXMB-UBTYZVCOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYGNTYWPHWGJRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6E,10E,14E,18E)-2,6,10,15,19,23-hexamethyltetracosa-2,6,10,14,18,22-hexaene Chemical compound CC(C)=CCCC(C)=CCCC(C)=CCCC=C(C)CCC=C(C)CCC=C(C)C YYGNTYWPHWGJRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVJYUAYZJAKGRQ-BGZDPUMWSA-N 1-[(2r,4r,5s,6r)-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]-5-methylpyrimidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C1 VVJYUAYZJAKGRQ-BGZDPUMWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008482 12E7 Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010020567 12E7 Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)pyridine-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound ClCC1=NC=CC=C1C#N FALRKNHUBBKYCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPXQRXLUHJKZIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-azaguanine Chemical compound NC1=NC(O)=C2NN=NC2=N1 LPXQRXLUHJKZIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005508 8-azaguanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124321 AIDS medicine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033312 Alpha-2-macroglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100023635 Alpha-fetoprotein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000003291 Armoracia rusticana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011330 Armoracia rusticana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000006820 Arthralgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710192393 Attachment protein G3P Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000711404 Avian avulavirus 1 Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000019260 B-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012919 B-Cell Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000197194 Bulla Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100031650 C-X-C chemokine receptor type 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000001902 CC Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010040471 CC Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000001266 CD8-positive T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102100037904 CD9 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CPD000469186 Natural products CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1C(=O)NC(C(O)CN1C(CC2CCCCC2C1)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)CSC1=CC=CC=C1 QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710169873 Capsid protein G8P Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 231100000023 Cell-mediated cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010057250 Cell-mediated cytotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101710163595 Chaperone protein DnaK Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003322 Coinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000012422 Collagen Type I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022452 Collagen Type I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010774 Constipation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010904 Convulsion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010011224 Cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700010025 DRD1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710088194 Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024746 Dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000003164 Diplopia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013801 Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700041152 Endoplasmic Reticulum Chaperone BiP Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021451 Endoplasmic reticulum chaperone BiP Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039328 Endoplasmin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010201 Exanthema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000724791 Filamentous phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710781 Flaviviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012413 Fluorescence activated cell sorting analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700007698 Genetic Terminator Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713813 Gibbon ape leukemia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010078851 HIV Reverse Transcriptase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010062347 HLA-DQ Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067802 HLA-DR alpha-Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150112743 HSPA5 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710178376 Heat shock 70 kDa protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710152018 Heat shock cognate 70 kDa protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021519 Hemoglobin subunit beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005904 Hemoglobin subunit beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005886 Hemoglobin subunit gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038617 Hemoglobin subunit gamma-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000711557 Hepacivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010019791 Hepatitis post transfusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008949 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088652 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000922348 Homo sapiens C-X-C chemokine receptor type 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100005713 Homo sapiens CD4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100343328 Homo sapiens LIMK2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000702559 Homo sapiens Probable global transcription activator SNF2L2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001135569 Human adenovirus 5 Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004157 Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000604 Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700005091 Immunoglobulin Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020005350 Initiator Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001117 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100025947 Insulin-like growth factor II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010789 Interleukin-2 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038453 Interleukin-2 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010002586 Interleukin-7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010023230 Joint stiffness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000274177 Juniperus sabina Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZQISRDCJNBUVMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Histidinol Natural products OCC(N)CC1=CN=CN1 ZQISRDCJNBUVMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- ZQISRDCJNBUVMM-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidinol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](N)CC1=CNC=N1 ZQISRDCJNBUVMM-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010067125 Liver injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008771 Lymphadenopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008072 Lymphokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074338 Lymphokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091054437 MHC class I family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710125418 Major capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710141452 Major surface glycoprotein G Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710156564 Major tail protein Gp23 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000422 Matrix Metalloproteinase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710201349 Metallothionein B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031347 Metallothionein-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710094505 Metallothionein-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000713333 Mouse mammary tumor virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000711408 Murine respirovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100007124 Mus musculus Col11a2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028289 Muscle atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229930193140 Neomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 102000001068 Neural Cell Adhesion Molecules Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100023616 Neural cell adhesion molecule L1-like protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001074 Nucleocapsid Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010068319 Oropharyngeal pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010067372 Pancreatic elastase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016387 Pancreatic elastase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001631646 Papillomaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000007100 Pharyngitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034960 Photophobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000709664 Picornaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000037602 Platelet Endothelial Cell Adhesion Molecule-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069381 Platelet Endothelial Cell Adhesion Molecule-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000035109 Pneumococcal Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009362 Pneumococcal Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010035728 Pneumonia pneumococcal Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010015078 Pregnancy-Associated alpha 2-Macroglobulins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000007568 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-fos Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071563 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-fos Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000003251 Pruritus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710185720 Putative ethidium bromide resistance protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000944 RNA Helicases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004409 RNA Helicases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000868151 Rattus norvegicus Somatotropin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910006124 SOCl2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101100111629 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) KAR2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000965899 Simian virus 40 Large T antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010003723 Single-Domain Antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100289792 Squirrel monkey polyomavirus large T gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010057040 Temperature intolerance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BHEOSNUKNHRBNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetramethylsqualene Natural products CC(=C)C(C)CCC(=C)C(C)CCC(C)=CCCC=C(C)CCC(C)C(=C)CCC(C)C(C)=C BHEOSNUKNHRBNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010034949 Thyroglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009843 Thyroglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- AUYYCJSJGJYCDS-LBPRGKRZSA-N Thyrolar Chemical class IC1=CC(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC=C(O)C(I)=C1 AUYYCJSJGJYCDS-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033576 Transferrin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026144 Transferrin receptor protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000013394 Troponin I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065729 Troponin I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940122618 Trypsin inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101710162629 Trypsin inhibitor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031988 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050002568 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010054094 Tumour necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150117115 V gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100035071 Vimentin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065472 Vimentin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700005077 Viral Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000010530 Virus Neutralization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010084455 Zeocin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VRGWBRLULZUWAJ-XFFXIZSCSA-N [(2s)-2-[(1r,3z,5s,8z,12z,15s)-5,17-dihydroxy-4,8,12,15-tetramethyl-16-oxo-18-bicyclo[13.3.0]octadeca-3,8,12,17-tetraenyl]propyl] acetate Chemical compound C1\C=C(C)/CC\C=C(C)/CC[C@H](O)\C(C)=C/C[C@@H]2C([C@@H](COC(C)=O)C)=C(O)C(=O)[C@]21C VRGWBRLULZUWAJ-XFFXIZSCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000354 acute hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-YCNIQYBTSA-N all-trans-retinoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C SHGAZHPCJJPHSC-YCNIQYBTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NWMHDZMRVUOQGL-CZEIJOLGSA-N almurtide Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CO[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO)[C@@H](NC(C)=O)C=O NWMHDZMRVUOQGL-CZEIJOLGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150087698 alpha gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010026331 alpha-Fetoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002259 anti human immunodeficiency virus agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002223 anti-pathogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002788 anti-peptide Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009830 antibody antigen interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004596 appetite loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004507 artificial chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001106 artificial yeast chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002352 blister Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002798 bone marrow cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012832 cell culture technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009172 cell transfer therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005890 cell-mediated cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007969 cellular immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003763 chloroplast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003593 chromogenic compound Substances 0.000 description 1
- CCGSUNCLSOWKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N cimetidine Chemical compound N#CNC(=N/C)\NCCSCC1=NC=N[C]1C CCGSUNCLSOWKJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001380 cimetidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001297 coherence probe microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940000425 combination drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011284 combination treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002301 combined effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001461 cytolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021040 cytoplasmic transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004452 decreased vision Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001096 dihydrofolate reductase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PRAKJMSDJKAYCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecahydrosqualene Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C PRAKJMSDJKAYCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003110 dot immunobinding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002532 enzyme inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125532 enzyme inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000010063 epididymitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005884 exanthem Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002270 exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013401 experimental design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007421 fluorometric assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002825 functional assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- VRGWBRLULZUWAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fusaproliferin Natural products C1C=C(C)CCC=C(C)CCC(O)C(C)=CCC2C(C(COC(C)=O)C)=C(O)C(=O)C21C VRGWBRLULZUWAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003500 gene array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000034356 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006104 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000054766 genetic haplotypes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000004392 genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003862 glucocorticoid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000003714 granulocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004013 groin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000234 hepatic damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000005252 hepatitis A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002744 homologous recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006801 homologous recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004727 humoral immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004191 hydrophobic interaction chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124452 immunizing agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001024 immunotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001936 indinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CBVCZFGXHXORBI-PXQQMZJSSA-N indinavir Chemical compound C([C@H](N(CC1)C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H]2C3=CC=CC=C3C[C@H]2O)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)N1CC1=CC=CN=C1 CBVCZFGXHXORBI-PXQQMZJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000411 inducer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001155 isoelectric focusing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000644 isotonic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011005 laboratory method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000013469 light sensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N lipid A (E. coli) Chemical compound O1[C@H](CO)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@@H](CCCCCCCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](NC(=O)C[C@H](O)CCCCCCCCCCC)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)O1 GZQKNULLWNGMCW-PWQABINMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008818 liver damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002809 long lived plasma cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000021266 loss of appetite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000019017 loss of appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000018555 lymphatic system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010025482 malaise Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001806 memory b lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006984 memory degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023060 memory loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- JMUHBNWAORSSBD-WKYWBUFDSA-N mifamurtide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COP(O)(=O)OCCNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)CC[C@H](C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@@H]1NC(C)=O JMUHBNWAORSSBD-WKYWBUFDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005225 mifamurtide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002438 mitochondrial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005087 mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000020763 muscle atrophy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000000585 muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101150008049 mx gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960000884 nelfinavir Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-HKWSIXNMSA-N nelfinavir Chemical compound CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1C(=O)N[C@H]([C@H](O)CN1[C@@H](C[C@@H]2CCCC[C@@H]2C1)C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)CSC1=CC=CC=C1 QAGYKUNXZHXKMR-HKWSIXNMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004927 neomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011587 new zealand white rabbit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940127073 nucleoside analogue Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004145 nucleotide salvage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127084 other anti-cancer agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000032696 parturition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003200 peritoneal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940021222 peritoneal dialysis isotonic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CWCMIVBLVUHDHK-ZSNHEYEWSA-N phleomycin D1 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC[C@@H](N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCCCNC(N)=N)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C CWCMIVBLVUHDHK-ZSNHEYEWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGVLYPPODPLXMB-QXYKVGAMSA-N phorbol Natural products C[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@]2(O)[C@H]([C@H]3C=C(CO)C[C@@]4(O)[C@H](C=C(C)C4=O)[C@@]13O)C2(C)C QGVLYPPODPLXMB-QXYKVGAMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003720 plasmablast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000029279 positive regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930185346 proliferin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000030279 prolonged fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001814 protein method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009145 protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012264 purified product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006825 purine synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950010131 puromycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010037844 rash Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007420 reactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010837 receptor-mediated endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930002330 retinoic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JQXXHWHPUNPDRT-WLSIYKJHSA-N rifampicin Chemical compound O([C@](C1=O)(C)O/C=C/[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)\C=C\C=C(C)/C(=O)NC=2C(O)=C3C([O-])=C4C)C)OC)C4=C1C3=C(O)C=2\C=N\N1CC[NH+](C)CC1 JQXXHWHPUNPDRT-WLSIYKJHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001225 rifampicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005212 secondary lymphoid organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001568 sexual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000013220 shortness of breath Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012868 site-directed mutagenesis technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000444 skin lesion Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010040882 skin lesion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000046 skin rash Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000586 somatostatin receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004989 spleen cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940031439 squalene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- TUHBEKDERLKLEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N squalene Natural products CC(=CCCC(=CCCC(=CCCC=C(/C)CCC=C(/C)CC=C(C)C)C)C)C TUHBEKDERLKLEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011301 standard therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011146 sterile filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000022218 streptococcal pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091007196 stromelysin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940014800 succinic anhydride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001502 supplementing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000010648 susceptibility to HIV infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035900 sweating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940037128 systemic glucocorticoids Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010863 targeted diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002626 targeted therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002175 thyroglobulin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005495 thyroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940036555 thyroid hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960001727 tretinoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 239000002753 trypsin inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010036927 trypsin-like serine protease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 231100000588 tumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000381 tumorigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027930 type IV hypersensitivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005048 vimentin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000016261 weight loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
- A61K39/29—Hepatitis virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
- C07K14/01—DNA viruses
- C07K14/03—Herpetoviridae, e.g. pseudorabies virus
- C07K14/05—Epstein-Barr virus
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/08—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
- C07K16/10—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
- C07K16/1081—Togaviridae, e.g. flavivirus, rubella virus, hog cholera virus
- C07K16/109—Hepatitis C virus; Hepatitis G virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K2039/505—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
- C07K14/08—RNA viruses
- C07K14/18—Togaviridae; Flaviviridae
- C07K14/1816—Flaviviridae, e.g. pestivirus, mucosal disease virus, bovine viral diarrhoea virus, classical swine fever virus (hog cholera virus), border disease virus
- C07K14/1841—Hepatitis G; Hepatitis NANBNCNDNE
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24211—Hepacivirus, e.g. hepatitis C virus, hepatitis G virus
- C12N2770/24222—New viral proteins or individual genes, new structural or functional aspects of known viral proteins or genes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2770/00—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA ssRNA viruses positive-sense
- C12N2770/00011—Details
- C12N2770/24011—Flaviviridae
- C12N2770/24211—Hepacivirus, e.g. hepatitis C virus, hepatitis G virus
- C12N2770/24234—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N7/00—Viruses; Bacteriophages; Compositions thereof; Preparation or purification thereof
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to the fields of molecular biology and virology. More particularly, it concerns methods and compositions to treat, inhibit or prevent HIV infection.
- GB virus type C also known as hepatitis G virus (HGV)
- HGV hepatitis G virus
- HCV hepatitis C virus
- GBV-C was originally associated with post-transfusion hepatitis in humans (Linnen et al., 1996), subsequent epidemiological studies indicated that it does not cause acute or chronic hepatitis (Alter et al., 1997a; Alter et al., 1997b). In addition, experimental GBV-C infection of chimpanzees was not associated with acute hepatitis (Bukh et al., 1998).
- Persistent GBV-C viremia (as detected by RT-PCR) is common, with 0.9% to 3% of healthy U.S. blood donors and approximately 20%-30% of patients with HCV infection persistently infected with GBV-C (Dawson et al., 1996; Feucht et al., 1997; Simons et al., 1995a; Simons et al., 1995b; Tacke et al., 1997). Following infection, about 80% of people clear their viremia, concomitantly developing antibody to the GBV-C E2 protein (Feucht et al., 1997; Thomas et al., 1998). Thus, it is estimated that approximately 20% of infected people remain viremic for long periods of time.
- GBV-C appears to be transmitted primarily by parenteral exposure (Simons et al., 1995), although there are data suggesting that sexual and/or household transmission of GBV-C infection may occur (Akiyoshi et al., 1999; de Martino et al., 1998; Nerurkar et al., 1998; Tanaka et al., 1997; Wu et al., 1997).
- LTNPs long-term non-progressors
- the prevalence of LTNPs varies from 1% to 25% of infected people, depending upon the definition used (reviewed in Easterbrook, 1999).
- non-progression generally implies the absence of HIV-related clinical disease 10 or more years following infection and an absolute CD4 count of ⁇ 500 cells/mm 3 (Easterbrook, 1999).
- LTNP's Evaluation of LTNP's has identified HIV isolates with deletions in key replicative genes (Deacon et al., 1995) and host genetic factors, including specific HLA haplotypes (reviewed in reference Rowland-Jones, 1999). In some individuals, polymorphisms that result in absent or reduced expression of HIV co-receptors have been identified (Huang et al., 1996). However, these findings are uncommon and thought to account for no more than one-third of LTNP's (Rowland-Jones, 1999).
- GBV-C infection is common in humans, with infection rates of approximately 0.9% to 3% in healthy blood donors, 20-30% in HCV-positive people (Dawson et al., 1996), and 35%-40% in HIV-positive individuals. GBV-C infection can persist for decades in the absence of any clinical morbidity or mortality. Among immune-competent individuals, it is estimated that 60% to 75% of GBV-C-infected people clear the infection, concomitantly developing antibodies to the envelope glycoprotein E2 (Thomas et al., 1998). It is also known that GBV-C can be propagated in cultures of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC's) (Fogeda et al., 1999).
- PBMC's peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- HIV-infected individuals who were also GBV-C-positive were compared to HIV-infected individuals who were GBV-C-negative.
- age, sex, baseline HIV RNA load, and baseline CD4 T cell count HIV disease progression appeared to be worse in GBV-C-negative subjects.
- HIV-1 human immunodeficiency virus type 1
- HIV-1 acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
- Embodiments of the invention provide improved methods and compositions for therapeutic and/or prophylatic treatment of HIV infection.
- aspects of the invention include compositions and methods related to antigens and/or polypeptides or peptides derived from GBV-C proteins or envelope proteins, in particular GBV-C envelope protein E2 (E2).
- the invention includes compositions and methods related to antibodies and other binding agents that bind antigens derived from GBV-C proteins.
- the invention includes compositions and methods related to the use of compositions comprising one or more GBV-C polypeptides or peptides for therapeutic or prophylatic administration.
- compositions and methods comprising GBV-C polypeptides, GBV-C binding agents, or polynucleotides expressing the same can be used to stimulate or provide anti-HIV activity, including, but not limited to inhibition of HIV replication, inhibition of HIV processing, HIV neutralization, inhibition of HIV infection, or a decreased or delayed moratlity in infected persons.
- Embodiments of the invention include a therapeutic composition comprising a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide, or a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent, wherein the composition attenuates HIV infectivity.
- the binding agent may be an antibody, an aptamer, or any other known binding agent that can be selected or screened for binding to GBV-C polypeptides or fragments thereof including, but not limited to GBV-C E2 polypeptides or peptides.
- the antibody may be a polyclonal antibody, a monoclonal antibody or a fragment or mimetic thereof.
- An antibody of the invention may be a humanized antibody, human antibody, or a human mouse, or human library derived monoclonal antibody.
- a GBV-C peptide can be derived from a GBV-C envelope protein.
- the GBV-C envelope protein is an E2 protein.
- Embodiments of the invention include methods for preventing or treating HIV infection comprising administering to a subject a composition comprising a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide-binding agent.
- the binding agent may attenuate HIV infectivity.
- the binding agent may be an aptamer, an anti-GBV-C antibody, an antibody-like molecule, or other known binding agent that binds to a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide.
- the anti-GBV-C binding agent binds to a GBV-C E2 polypeptide or peptide.
- An anti-GBV-C antibody can be an anti-GBV-C E2 antibody.
- An antibody of the invention may be a polyclonal, monoclonal or a fragment or mimetic therof.
- An antibody of the invention may be a humanized antibody, human antibody, or a human mouse, or human library derived monoclonal antibody.
- methods may include administration of at least a second anti-HIV therapy.
- a second anti-HIV therapy may be an administration of an infectious GBV-C virus, HAART therapy, AZT therapy, or other known HIV therapies.
- the second therapy may be administered before, after or during a therapy comprising a GBV-C binding agent or GBV-C polypepitde or peptide.
- a method may include administering the GBV-C virus before a therapeutic composition of the invention.
- a therapeutic composition of the invention may be administered at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more times over minutes, hours, days, weeks, months and/or years.
- Embodiments of the invention include methods of preparing an antibody or other GBV-C binding agent by immunizing a non-human animal with a GBV-C polypeptide or fragment thereof, or a GBV-C E2 polypeptide or fragment thereof, or screening recombinant human antibody libraries with the above.
- an antigen may be a GBV-C E2 derived peptide.
- the peptide may include, but is not limited to, LTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6), GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:7), or FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8).
- Methods of preparing a therapeutic composition may comprise contacting a cell with a polynucleotide encoding a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent under conditions effective to allow expression of all or part of a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent; collecting the expressed GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent; and constituting the GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable solution.
- the binding agent may attenuate, inhibit, and/or modify HIV.
- a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent may be an aptamer, an antibody, or a related molecule.
- An antibody or related molecule may be humanized.
- Certain embodiments include vaccines comprising an antigen derived from a GBV-C polypeptide.
- the antigen may be all or part of a GBV-C polypeptide including, but not limited to a GBV-C E2 polypeptide.
- the antigen may be a GBV-C E2-derived peptide.
- the peptide may include, but is not limited to, LTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6), or GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:7), or FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8).
- Embodiments of the invention include methods of immunizing a subject comprising contacting said subject with a composition comprising a GBV-C polypeptide or fragment thereof.
- the composition may further comprise an adjuvant.
- the GBV-C polypeptide is an E2 polypeptide.
- polypeptides and/or peptides of the invention may be used as competititors for HIV binding to or association with various components of the human body.
- FIG. 1 Exemplary effect of E2 antibody positive serum on HIV replication.
- FIG. 2 Example of inhibition of HIV by two E2 antibody positive sera in a dose-dependent fashion; whereas, E2 antibody negative sera does not inhibit HIV.
- FIG. 3 IgG purified from E2 antibody positive sera inhibits HIV replication in PBMC cultures.
- FIG. 4 IgG purified from E2 antibody positive sera inhibits HIV replication in PBMC cultures (same data shown in FIG. 3 , but represents the data as percent inhibition in HIV p24 Ag in culture supernatant fluids).
- FIG. 5 GBV-C E2 antibody positive IgG inhibition of clinical X4 HIV strain.
- FIG. 6 The Roche M6 monoclonal antibody inhibits HIV-1 (R5 strain)
- FIG. 7 The Biodesign (Saco, Me.) and Virostat (Portland, Me.) antibodies also inhibited HIV-1, although not as efficiently as M6.
- FIG. 8 A map of the epitopes identified by the Roche mAbs as described in Schmolke et al. (1998).
- FIG. 9 A map of exemplary GBV-C epitopes (Peptide GGAGLTGGFY EPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6)).
- FIG. 10 Illustrates inhibition of HIV-R5 by 17-mer Rabbit serum day 3.
- FIG. 11 Illustrates inhibition of HIV (X4) by Rabbit anti-peptide IgG day 2.
- FIG. 12 Illustrates inhibition of HIV (X4) by 17-mer Rabbit serum day 3.
- FIG. 13 Illustrates the elution profile of P24 antigen and CPMs.
- FIG. 14 Metabolically 35 S-labeled HIV particles were partially purified by size-exclusion chromatography and incubated with either isotype control (IC) or anti-E2 McAb (concentrations indicated on X-axis). HIV-IgG complexes were immuno-precipitated using staph protein A (Pansorbin). Data represent HIV cpm precipitated by M6 (over background isotype control cpm).
- Anti-retroviral medications suppress viral replication in HIV disease, yet they have failed to eradicate the virus from the body due to the multi-faceted nature of HIV infection, as well as the complexities of the immune system. Methods are being developed that both prevent infection and boost the immune system to keep it functioning at a level where it can assist in fighting HIV infection.
- embodiments of the invention provide additional methods and compositions for therapeutic and/or prophylatic treatment of HIV infection.
- aspects of the invention include compositions and methods related to antigens derived from GBV-C envelope proteins, in particular GBV-C envelope protein E2 (E2).
- the invention includes compositions and methods related to antibodies and other binding agents that bind antigens derived from GBV-C proteins.
- binding agents such as aptamers and anti-GBV-C antibodies that bind GBV-C E2 proteins, are contemplated.
- a therapeutic GBV-C binding agent is contemplated for the treatment of HIV infection.
- Certain embodiments of the invention include combination treatments for HIV infection using compositions of the invention in combination with other anti-retroviral or HIV therapies.
- GBV-C GB virus C
- PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- Antibodies directed to the GBV-C virus have been noted and are typically used as a diagnostic agents, with no therapeutic use having been ascribed to them.
- a vaccine composition includes peptides derived from GBV-C polypeptides.
- the peptides themselves may bind to or associate with binding sites within an organism that also bind to HIV, thus the peptides themselves may be used as competitive inhibitors of HIV binding or localization in a host organism.
- Embodiments of the invention include anti-GBV-C antibodies that also attenuate the infectivity of HIV.
- Antibodies against the GBV-C envelope glycoprotein E2 (GBV-C-E2), derived form either passive or active vaccination, are of particular interest for attenuation of HIV.
- the invention concerns the observation that antibodies against GBV-C peptides and polypeptides may react with and attenuate HIV. These antibodies may be induced or administered in a pharmaceutical composition for the therapeutic or prophylatic treatment of HIV infection.
- Infectious GBV-C can be used in combination with the present invention for preventative or therapeutic treatments for HIV infection and related conditions such as AIDS.
- GBV-C is a positive-strand RNA virus that encodes a single long open reading frame (Leary et al., 1996). GBV-C does not cause acute or chronic hepatitis, yet it is the family member most closely related to HCV, the cause of hepatitis C. Sequences of GBV-C have been previously reported, for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,874,563, which is specifically incorporated by reference. In particular, an infectious GBV-C clone has been described in the PCT application WO 01/77157, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the GBV-C polyprotein is predicted to be cleaved into two envelope proteins (E1 and E2, referred to collectively as GBV-C envelope protein), an RNA helicase, a trypsin-like serine protease, and an RNA-dependent RNA polymerase.
- GBV-C envelope protein a major difference between GBV-C and HCV is in the amino terminus of the polyprotein. In many isolates, this region is truncated, and no core (or nucleocapsid) protein is present (Simons et al., 1995; Xiang et al., 1999).
- GBV-C transient replication of GBV-C was described in MT-2 cells (a human T-cell line), and PH5CH (a human hepatocyte line immortalized with simian virus 40 large T antigen) (Seipp et al., 1999).
- the invention is directed to the function, activity, or antigenicity of various components of an infectious GBV-C virus or a polypeptide derived there from, in particular the E2 protein.
- the expression or isolation of certain GBV-C polypeptides can be used to stimulate an anti-HIV activity, including inhibition of replication, processing, neutralization, and infection.
- SEQ ID NO:2 and 4 represent the translated product of SEQ ID NO:1 (GBV-C polyprotein) and 3 (GBV-C E2 protein), respectively. It is contemplated that the compositions and methods disclosed herein may be utilized to express all or part of SEQ ID NO:2 or 4 and derivates thereof.
- compositions of the invention may include the nucleic acids encoding the peptides as set forth in SEQ ID NOs:5, 6, 7 or 8. Determination of which molecules possess or stimulate an anti-HIV response may be achieved using functional assays measuring HIV infectivity, which are familiar to those of skill in the art.
- heterologous polypeptides may be encoded by a sequence that also contains GBV-C sequences. “Heterologous” polypeptide indicates the polypeptide is not a GBV-C polypeptide.
- An endogenous GBV-C polypeptide refers to a polypeptide encoded by GBV-C viral RNA. Such a polypeptide would possess the same or similar sequence as SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.
- an antigen containing a 9 amino acid sequence FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8) or derivative thereof is contemplated.
- an antigen comprising a 13 amino acid sequence (LTGGFYEPLVRRC, SEQ ID NO:6) or a derivative thereof is contemplated.
- an antigen comprising a 17 amino acid sequence (GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC, SEQ ID NO:7) or derivative there of is contemplated.
- the structure of the various peptides can be modeled or resolved by computer modeling, NMR, or x-ray crystallography.
- Peptide structures may be used to engineer derivatives of the various E2 protein sequences or to engineer other molecules to interact with the peptides, such as antibodies or other affinity reagents.
- Amino acids or peptides of the invention may be used as an HIV disease-modifying immunogen (vaccine).
- Peptides may be used to inhibit, produce, or design inhibitors of HIV (as a prototype drug), as well as being used to induce anti-HIV antibodies (as a vaccine).
- Embodiments of the invention include various GBV-C polypeptides, peptides, and derivatives thereof.
- Amino acid sequence variants of a polypeptide can be substitutional, insertional or deletion variants.
- Deletion variants lack one or more residues of the native protein that are not essential for function or immunogenic activity. Insertional mutants typically involve the addition of material at a non-terminal point in the polypeptide. This may include the insertion of an immunoreactive epitope or simply a single residue. Terminal additions, called fusion proteins, are discussed below.
- Substitutional variants typically contain the exchange of one amino acid for another at one or more sites within the protein, and may be designed to modulate one or more properties of the polypeptide, such as stability against proteolytic cleavage, without the loss of other functions or properties. Substitutions of this kind preferably are conservative, that is, one amino acid is replaced with one of similar shape and charge.
- Conservative substitutions are well known in the art and include, for example, the changes of: alanine to serine; arginine to lysine; asparagine to glutamine or histidine; aspartate to glutamate; cysteine to serine; glutamine to asparagine; glutamate to aspartate; glycine to proline; histidine to asparagine or glutamine; isoleucine to leucine or valine; leucine to valine or isoleucine; lysine to arginine; methionine to leucine or isoleucine; phenylalanine to tyrosine, leucine or methionine; serine to threonine; threonine to serine; tryptophan to tyrosine; tyrosine to tryptophan or phenylalanine; and valine to isoleucine or leucine.
- biologically functional equivalent is well understood in the art and is further defined in detail herein. Accordingly, sequences that have between about 70% and about 80%; or more preferably, between about 81% and about 90%; or even more preferably, between about 91% and about 99%; of amino acids that are identical or functionally equivalent to the amino acids of GBV-C polypeptides, for example SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8, provided the biological activity, e.g., immunogenicity, of the protein or peptide is maintained.
- codons that encode the same amino acid such as the six codons for arginine or serine, and also refers to codons that encode biologically equivalent amino acids (see Table 1, below).
- Certain embodiments of the invention include various peptides and/or fusion proteins of GBV-C polypeptides, in particular GBV-C E2 protein.
- GBV-C E2 protein for example, all or part of a GBV-C and/or a GBV-C E2 protein as set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 5, 6, 7 and/or 8 may be used in various embodiments of the invention.
- a fragment of the E2 or other GBV-C protein may comprise, but is not limited to about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about 28, about 29, about 30, about 31, about 32, about 33, about 34, about 35, about 36, about 37, about 38, about 39, about 40, about 41, about 42, about 43, about 44, about 45, about 46, about 47, about 48, about 49, about 50, about 51, about 52, about 53, about 54, about 55, about 56, about 57, about 58, about 59, about 60, about 61, about 62, about 63, about 64, about 65, about 66, about 67, about 68, about 69, about 70, about 71, about 72, about 73, about 74, about 75, about 76, about 77, about 78, about 79, about 80, about 81, about 82, about
- amino acid and nucleic acid sequences may include additional residues, such as additional N- or C-terminal amino acids or 5′ or 3′ sequences, and yet still be essentially as set forth in one of the sequences disclosed herein, so long as the sequence meets the criteria set forth above, including the maintenance of biological activity (e.g., immunogenicity) where protein expression is concerned.
- the addition of terminal sequences particularly applies to nucleic acid sequences that may, for example, include various non-coding sequences flanking either of the 5′ or 3′ portions of the coding region.
- amino acids of a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide may be substituted for other amino acids in a protein structure without appreciable loss of interactive binding capacity with structures such as, for example, antigen-binding regions of antibodies or binding sites on substrate molecules. Since it is the interactive capacity and nature of a protein that defines that protein's biological functional activity, certain amino acid substitutions can be made in a protein sequence, and in its underlying DNA or RNA coding sequence, and nevertheless produce a protein with like properties.
- the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered.
- the importance of the hydropathic amino acid index in conferring interactive biologic function on a protein is generally understood in the art (Kyte and Doolittle, 1982). It is accepted that the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules, for example, enzymes, substrates, receptors, DNA, antibodies, antigens, and the like.
- a GBV-C polypeptide may be a fusion protein.
- Fusion proteins may alter the characteristics of a given polypeptide, such antigenicity or purification characteristics.
- a fusion protein is a specialized type of insertional variant. This molecule generally has all or a substantial portion of the native molecule, linked at the N- or C-terminus, to all or a portion of a second polypeptide. For example, fusions typically employ leader sequences from other species to permit the recombinant expression of a protein in a heterologous host.
- Another useful fusion includes the addition of an immunologically active domain, such as an antibody epitope, to facilitate purification of the fusion protein.
- cleavage site at or near the fusion junction will facilitate removal of the extraneous polypeptide after purification.
- Other useful fusions include linking of functional domains, such as active sites from enzymes such as a hydrolase, glycosylation domains, cellular targeting signals, or transmembrane regions.
- a cell in culture e.g., a primary mammalian cell
- a recombinant product may be prepared in various ways.
- a host cell strain may be chosen that modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or that modifies and processes the gene product in the manner desired. Such modifications (e.g., glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage) of protein products may be important for the function of the protein.
- Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the post-translational processing and modification of proteins. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to insure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed.
- Animal cells can be propagated in vitro in two modes: as non-anchorage-dependent cells growing in suspension throughout the bulk of the culture or as anchorage-dependent cells requiring attachment to a solid substrate for their propagation (i.e., a monolayer type of cell growth).
- Non-anchorage dependent or suspension cultures from continuous established cell lines are the most widely used means of large-scale production of cells and cell products.
- suspension cultured cells have limitations, such as tumorigenic potential and lower protein production than adherent cells.
- protein production methods known in the art including but not limited to prokaryotic, yeast, and other eukaryotic hosts such as insect cells and the like.
- Protein purification techniques are well known to those of skill in the art. These techniques involve, at one level, the crude fractionation of the cellular milieu to polypeptide and non-polypeptide fractions. Having separated the polypeptide from other proteins, the polypeptide of interest may be further purified using chromatographic and electrophoretic techniques to achieve partial or complete purification (or purification to homogeneity). Analytical methods particularly suited to the preparation of a pure peptide are ion-exchange chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, exclusion chromatography; polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; isoelectric focusing. A particularly efficient method of purifying peptides is fast protein liquid chromatography or even FPLC.
- Certain aspects of the present invention concern the purification, and in particular embodiments, the substantial purification, of an encoded protein or peptide.
- the term “purified protein or peptide” as used herein, is intended to refer to a composition, isolatable from other components, wherein the protein or peptide is purified to any degree relative to its naturally obtainable state.
- a purified protein or peptide therefore also refers to a protein or peptide, free from the environment in which it may naturally occur.
- purified will refer to a protein or peptide composition that has been subjected to fractionation to remove various other components, and which composition substantially retains its expressed biological activity. Where the term “substantially purified” is used, this designation will refer to a composition in which the protein or peptide forms the major component of the composition, such as constituting about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95% or more of the proteins in the composition.
- Various methods for quantifying the degree of purification of the protein or peptide will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure. These include, for example, determining the specific activity of an active fraction, or assessing the amount of polypeptides within a fraction by SDS/PAGE analysis.
- a preferred method for assessing the purity of a fraction is to calculate the specific activity of the fraction, to compare it to the specific activity of the initial extract, and to thus calculate the degree of purity, herein assessed by a “-fold purification number.”
- the actual units used to represent the amount of activity will, of course, be dependent upon the particular assay technique chosen to follow the purification and whether or not the expressed protein or peptide exhibits a detectable activity.
- Partial purification may be accomplished by using fewer purification steps in combination, or by utilizing different forms of the same general purification scheme.
- GBV-C polynucleotides or nucleic acid molecules and fragments thereof include GBV-C polynucleotides or nucleic acid molecules and fragments thereof.
- the polynucleotides of the invention may be isolated and purified from GBV-C virus or cells infected or transfected with GBV-C polynucleotides.
- the term isolated indicating they are free or substantially free from total viral or cellular genomic RNA or DNA, and proteins.
- an isolated and purified GBV-C nucleic acid molecule may take the form of RNA or DNA.
- a GBV-C nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule that is capable of yielding all or part of a GBV-C polyprotein from a transfected cell.
- polynucleotide refers to a nucleic acid molecule, RNA, or DNA that has been isolated free of total genomic nucleic acid. Therefore, a “polynucleotide encoding all or part of GBV-C” refers to a nucleic acid segment that contains GBV-C coding sequences, yet is isolated away from, or purified and free of, total viral genomic RNA and proteins; similarly, a “polynucleotide encoding full-length GBV-C” refers to a nucleic acid segment that contains full-length GBV-C coding sequences yet is isolated away from, or purified and free of, total viral genomic RNA and protein.
- a GBV-C polynucleotide when the present application refers to the function or activity of an infectious GBV-C that is encoded by a GBV-C polynucleotide, it is meant that the polynucleotide encodes a molecule that has the ability to propagate an infectious GBV-C virus particle from a cell. It is contemplated that a GBV-C polynucleotide may refer to a GBV-C RNA transcript that is able to propagate an infectious GBV-C virus particle after introduction to a cell or to a GBV-C expression construct, clone, or vector composed of double-stranded DNA or DNA/RNA hybrid that is similarly capable.
- cDNA is intended to refer to DNA prepared using RNA as a template.
- the advantage of using a cDNA, as opposed to genomic RNA or an RNA transcript is stability and the ability to manipulate the sequence using recombinant DNA technology (See Maniatis, 1989; Ausubel, 1994). There may be times when the full or partial genomic sequence is preferred. Alternatively, cDNAs may be advantageous because it represents coding regions of a polypeptide and eliminates introns and other regulatory regions.
- GBV-C may be represented by natural variants or strains that have slightly different nucleic acid sequences but, nonetheless, encode the same viral polypeptides (see Table 1 above). Consequently, the present invention also encompasses derivatives of GBV-C with minimal amino acid changes in its viral proteins, but that possesses the same activities.
- gene is used for simplicity to refer to the nucleic acid giving rise to a functional protein, polypeptide, or peptide-encoding unit.
- this functional term includes genomic sequences, cDNA sequences, and smaller engineered gene segments that express, or may be adapted to express, proteins, polypeptides, domains, peptides, fusion proteins, and mutants.
- the nucleic acid molecule encoding GBV-C may contain a contiguous nucleic acid sequence encoding one or more GBV-C genes and regulatory regions and be of the following lengths: about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 441, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560, 570, 580, 590, 600, 610, 620, 630, 640, 650, 660, 670, 680, 690, 700, 710, 720, 730, 740, 750, 760, 770, 7
- sequences may be identical or complementary to all or part of SEQ ID NO:1, 3 or Genbank Accession numbers AY196904 or AF070476 or segments thereof, e.g., those segments related to peptides of SEQ ID NO:5, 6, 7 or 8.
- isolated substantially away from other coding sequences means that the gene of interest forms part of the coding region of the nucleic acid segment, and that the segment does not contain large portions of naturally-occurring coding nucleic acid, such as large chromosomal fragments or other functional genes or cDNA coding regions. Of course, this refers to the nucleic acid segment as originally isolated, and does not exclude genes or coding regions later added to the segment by human manipulation.
- the invention concerns isolated nucleic acid segments and recombinant vectors incorporating DNA sequences that encode GBV-C polypeptides or peptides that include within its amino acid sequence a contiguous amino acid sequence in accordance with, or essentially corresponding to GBV-C polypeptides.
- Certain embodiments include nucleic acids segments and recombinant vectors encoding polypeptides and peptides to induce or enhance immune responses in both subjects having HIV, suspected of having HIV, at risk of being exposed to HIV and/or animals or cells for the production of anti-GBV-C antibodies.
- nucleic acid segments used in the present invention may be combined with other DNA or RNA sequences, such as promoters, polyadenylation signals, additional restriction enzyme sites, multiple cloning sites, other coding segments, and the like, such that their overall length may vary considerably. It is therefore contemplated that a nucleic acid fragment of almost any length may be employed, with the total length preferably being limited by the ease of preparation and use in the intended recombinant DNA protocol.
- one or more nucleic acid constructs may be prepared that include a contiguous stretch of nucleotides identical to or complementary to GBV-C.
- a nucleic acid construct may be about 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1,000, 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000, 9,000, 10,000, 11,000, 12,000, 13,000, 14,000, 15,000, 20,000, 30,000, 50,000, 100,000, 250,000, about 500,000, 750,000, to about 1,000,000 nucleotides in length, as well as constructs of greater size, up to and including chromosomal sizes (including all intermediate lengths and intermediate ranges), given the advent of nucleic acids constructs such as a yeast artificial chromosome are known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- intermediate lengths and “intermediate ranges,” as used herein, means any length or range including or between the quoted values (i.e., all integers including and between such values).
- Non-limiting examples of intermediate lengths include about 11, about 12, about 13, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, etc.; about 21, about 22, about 23, etc.; about 31, about 32, etc.; about 51, about 52, about 53, etc.; about 101, about 102, about 103, etc.; about 151, about 152, about 153, etc.
- nucleic acid segments used in the present invention encompass biologically functional and/or immunogenically equivalent GBV-C proteins and peptides. Such sequences may arise as a consequence of codon redundancy and functional equivalency that are known to occur naturally within nucleic acid sequences and the proteins thus encoded.
- functionally and immunologically equivalent proteins or peptides may be created via the application of recombinant DNA technology, in which changes in the protein structure may be engineered, based on considerations of the properties of the amino acids being exchanged. Changes designed by human may be introduced through the application of site-directed mutagenesis techniques, e.g., to introduce improvements to the antigenicity of the protein.
- the present invention encompasses the use of vectors to encode for all or part of one or more GBV-C polypeptides, including an infectious GBV-C.
- vector is used to refer to a carrier nucleic acid molecule into which a nucleic acid sequence can be inserted for introduction into a cell where it can be replicated.
- a nucleic acid sequence can be “exogenous,” which means that it is foreign to the cell into which the vector is being introduced or that the sequence is homologous to a sequence in the cell but in a position within the host cell nucleic acid in which the sequence is ordinarily not found.
- Vectors include plasmids, cosmids, viruses (bacteriophage, animal viruses, and plant viruses), and artificial chromosomes (e.g., YACs).
- gene therapy or immunization vectors are contemplated.
- One of skill in the art would be well equipped to construct a vector through standard recombinant techniques, which are described in Maniatis et al., 1988 and Ausubel et al., 1994, both incorporated herein by reference.
- expression vector refers to a vector containing a nucleic acid sequence coding for at least part of a gene product capable of being transcribed. In some cases, RNA molecules are then translated into a protein, polypeptide, or peptide. In other cases, these sequences are not translated, for example, in the production of antisense molecules or ribozymes.
- Expression vectors can contain a variety of “control sequences,” which refer to nucleic acid sequences necessary for the transcription and possibly translation of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism. In addition to control sequences that govern transcription and translation, vectors and expression vectors may contain nucleic acid sequences that serve other functions as well and are described infra.
- an infectious GBV-C particle of the present invention may arise from a vector containing GBV-C sequence or RNA encoding GBV-C sequence into a cell. Either of these, or any other nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be constructed with any of the following nucleic acid control sequences.
- the full-length RNA transcript may contain the benefit of recombinant DNA technology such that it contains exogenous control sequences or genes.
- a “promoter” is a control sequence that is a region of a nucleic acid sequence at which initiation and rate of transcription are controlled. It may contain genetic elements at which regulatory proteins and molecules may bind such as RNA polymerase and other transcription factors.
- the phrases “operatively positioned,” “operatively linked,” “under control,” and “under transcriptional control” means that a promoter is in a correct functional location and/or orientation in relation to a nucleic acid sequence to control transcriptional initiation and/or expression of that sequence.
- a promoter may or may not be used in conjunction with an “enhancer,” which refers to a cis-acting regulatory sequence involved in the transcriptional activation of a nucleic acid sequence.
- a promoter may be one naturally associated with a gene or sequence, as may be obtained by isolating the 5′ non-coding sequences located upstream of the coding segment and/or exon. Such a promoter can be referred to as “endogenous.”
- an enhancer may be one naturally associated with a nucleic acid sequence, located either downstream or upstream of that sequence.
- certain advantages will be gained by positioning the coding nucleic acid segment under the control of a recombinant or heterologous promoter, which refers to a promoter that is not normally associated with a nucleic acid sequence in its natural environment.
- a recombinant or heterologous enhancer refers also to an enhancer not normally associated with a nucleic acid sequence in its natural environment.
- promoters or enhancers may include promoters or enhancers of other genes, and promoters or enhancers isolated from any other prokaryotic, viral, or eukaryotic cell, and promoters or enhancers not “naturally occurring,” i.e., containing different elements of different transcriptional regulatory regions, and/or mutations that alter expression.
- sequences may be produced using recombinant cloning and/or nucleic acid amplification technology, including PCRTM, in connection with the compositions disclosed herein (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,906, each incorporated herein by reference).
- control sequences that direct transcription and/or expression of sequences within non-nuclear organelles such as mitochondria, chloroplasts, and the like, can be employed as well.
- promoter and/or enhancer that effectively directs the expression of the nucleic acid segment in the cell type, organelle, and organism chosen for expression.
- the promoters employed may be constitutive, tissue-specific, inducible, and/or useful under the appropriate conditions to direct high level expression of the introduced DNA segment, such as is advantageous in the large-scale production of recombinant proteins and/or peptides.
- the promoter may be heterologous or exogenous, i.e., from a different source than GBV-C sequence.
- a prokaryotic promoter is employed for use with in vitro transcription of a desired sequence.
- Prokaryotic promoters for use with many commercially available systems include T7, T3, and Sp6.
- Table 2 lists several elements/promoters that may be employed, in the context of the present invention, to regulate the expression of a gene. This list is not intended to be exhaustive of all the possible elements involved in the promotion of expression but, merely, to be exemplary thereof.
- Table 3 provides examples of inducible elements, which are regions of a nucleic acid sequence that can be activated in response to a specific stimulus.
- tissue-specific promoters or elements as well as assays to characterize their activity, is well known to those of skill in the art.
- regions include the human LIMK2 gene (Nomoto et al. 1999), the somatostatin receptor 2 gene (Kraus et al., 1998), murine epididymal retinoic acid-binding gene (Lareyre et al., 1999), human CD4 (Zhao-Emonet et al., 1998), mouse alpha2 (XI) collagen (Tsumaki, et al., 1998), D1A dopamine receptor gene (Lee, et al., 1997), insulin-like growth factor II (Wu et al., 1997), human platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule-1 (Almendro et al., 1996).
- a specific initiation signal also may be required for efficient translation of coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon or adjacent sequences. Exogenous translational control signals, including the ATG initiation codon, may need to be provided. One of ordinary skill in the art would readily be capable of determining this and providing the necessary signals. It is well known that the initiation codon must be “in-frame” with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. The exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be either natural or synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements.
- IRES elements are used to create multigene, or polycistronic, messages.
- IRES elements are able to bypass the ribosome-scanning model of 5′ methylated Cap dependent translation and begin translation at internal sites (Pelletier and Sonenberg, 1988).
- IRES elements from two members of the picornavirus family polio and encephalomyocarditis have been described (Pelletier and Sonenberg, 1988), as well an IRES from a mammalian message (Macejak and Sarnow, 1991).
- IRES elements can be linked to heterologous open reading frames. Multiple open reading frames can be transcribed together, each separated by an IRES, creating polycistronic messages.
- each open reading frame is accessible to ribosomes for efficient translation.
- Multiple genes can be efficiently expressed using a single promoter/enhancer to transcribe a single message (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,925,565 and 5,935,819, herein incorporated by reference).
- Vectors can include a multiple cloning site (MCS), which is a nucleic acid region that contains multiple restriction enzyme sites, any of which can be used in conjunction with standard recombinant technology to digest the vector.
- MCS multiple cloning site
- Restriction enzyme digestion refers to catalytic cleavage of a nucleic acid molecule with an enzyme that functions only at specific locations in a nucleic acid molecule. Many of these restriction enzymes are commercially available. Use of such enzymes is widely understood by those of skill in the art.
- a vector is linearized or fragmented using a restriction enzyme that cuts within the MCS to enable exogenous sequences to be ligated to the vector.
- “Ligation” refers to the process of forming phosphodiester bonds between two nucleic acid fragments, which may or may not be contiguous with each other. Techniques involving restriction enzymes and ligation reactions are well known to those of skill in the art of recombinant technology.
- RNA molecules will undergo RNA splicing to remove introns from the primary transcripts.
- Vectors containing genomic eukaryotic sequences may require donor and/or acceptor splicing sites to ensure proper processing of the transcript for protein expression. (See Chandler et al., 1997, herein incorporated by reference.)
- the vectors or constructs of the present invention will generally comprise at least one termination signal.
- a “termination signal” or “terminator” is comprised of the DNA sequences involved in specific termination of an RNA transcript by an RNA polymerase. Thus, in certain embodiments a termination signal that ends the production of an RNA transcript is contemplated. A terminator may be necessary in vivo to achieve desirable message levels.
- the terminator region may also comprise specific DNA sequences that permit site-specific cleavage of the new transcript to expose a polyadenylation site. This signals a specialized endogenous polymerase to add a stretch of about 200 A residues (polyA) to the 3′ end of the transcript. RNA molecules modified with this polyA tail appear to more stable and are translated more efficiently.
- terminator comprises a signal for the cleavage of the RNA, and it is more preferred that the terminator signal promotes polyadenylation of the message.
- the terminator and/or polyadenylation site elements can serve to enhance message levels and/or to minimize read through from the cassette into other sequences.
- Terminators contemplated for use in the invention include any known terminator of transcription described herein or known to one of ordinary skill in the art, including but not limited to, for example, the termination sequences of genes, such as for example the bovine growth hormone terminator or viral termination sequences, such as for example the SV40 terminator.
- the termination signal may be a lack of transcribable or translatable sequence, such as due to a sequence truncation.
- polyadenylation signal For expression, particularly eukaryotic expression, one will typically include a polyadenylation signal to effect proper polyadenylation of the transcript.
- the nature of the polyadenylation signal is not believed to be crucial to the successful practice of the invention, and/or any such sequence may be employed.
- Preferred embodiments include the SV40 polyadenylation signal and/or the bovine growth hormone polyadenylation signal, convenient and/or known to function well in various target cells. Polyadenylation may increase the stability of the transcript or may facilitate cytoplasmic transport.
- a vector in a host cell may contain one or more origins of replication sites (often termed “ori”), which is a specific nucleic acid sequence at which replication is initiated.
- ori origins of replication sites
- ARS autonomously replicating sequence
- the cells containing a nucleic acid construct of the present invention may be identified in vitro or in vivo by including a marker in the expression vector.
- a marker in the expression vector.
- Such markers would confer an identifiable change to the cell permitting easy identification of cells containing the expression vector.
- a selectable marker is one that confers a property that allows for selection.
- a positive selectable marker is one in which the presence of the marker allows for its selection, while a negative selectable marker is one in which its presence prevents its selection.
- An example of a positive selectable marker is a drug resistance marker.
- a drug selection marker aids in the cloning and identification of transformants
- genes that confer resistance to neomycin, puromycin, hygromycin, DHFR, GPT, zeocin and histidinol are useful selectable markers.
- markers conferring a phenotype that allows for the discrimination of transformants based on the implementation of conditions other types of markers including screenable markers such as GFP, whose basis is calorimetric analysis, are also contemplated.
- screenable enzymes such as herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (tk) or chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT) may be utilized.
- the terms “cell,” “cell line,” and “cell culture” may be used interchangeably. All of these terms also include their progeny, which refers to any and all subsequent generations. It is understood that all progeny may not be identical due to deliberate or inadvertent mutations.
- “host cell” refers to a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell, and it includes any transformable organisms that is capable of replicating a vector and/or expressing a heterologous gene encoded by a vector.
- a host cell can, and has been, used as a recipient for vectors.
- a host cell may be “transfected” or “transformed,” which refers to a process by which exogenous nucleic acid is transferred or introduced into the host cell.
- a transformed cell includes the primary subject cell and its progeny.
- Host cells may be derived from prokaryotes or eukaryotes, depending upon whether the desired result is replication of the vector, expression of part or all of the vector-encoded nucleic acid sequences, or production of infectious viral particles.
- Numerous cell lines and cultures are available for use as a host cell, and they can be obtained through the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), which is an organization that serves as an archive for living cultures and genetic materials.
- ATCC American Type Culture Collection
- An appropriate host can be determined by one of skill in the art based on the vector backbone and the desired result.
- a plasmid or cosmid for example, can be introduced into a prokaryote host cell for replication of many vectors.
- Bacterial cells used as host cells for vector replication and/or expression include DH5 ⁇ , JM109, and KC8, as well as a number of commercially available bacterial hosts such as SURETM Competent Cells and S OLOPACKTM Gold Cells (S TRATAGENE® , La Jolla).
- bacterial cells such as E. coli LE392 could be used as host cells for phage viruses.
- eukaryotic host cells for replication and/or expression of a vector examples include HeLa, NIH3T3, Jurkat, 293, Cos, CHO, Saos, and PC12. Many host cells from various cell types and organisms are available and would be known to one of skill in the art. Similarly, a viral vector may be used in conjunction with either an eukaryotic or prokaryotic host cell, particularly one that is permissive for replication or expression of the vector.
- Prokaryote- and/or eukaryote-based systems can be employed for use with the present invention to produce nucleic acid sequences, or their cognate polypeptides, proteins and peptides. Many such systems are commercially and widely available.
- the insect cell/baculovirus system can produce a high level of protein expression of a heterologous nucleic acid segment, such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,871,986 and 4,879,236, both herein incorporated by reference, and which can be bought, for example, under the name M AX B AC® 2.0 from I NVITROGEN® and B AC P ACKTM B ACULOVIRUS E XPRESSION S YSTEM from C LONTECH®.
- expression systems include S TRATAGENE®'S C OMPLETE C ONTROLTM Inducible Mammalian Expression System, which involves a synthetic ecdysone-inducible receptor, or its pET Expression System, an E. coli expression system.
- I NVITROGEN® which carries the T-R EXTM (tetracycline-regulated expression) System, an inducible mammalian expression system that uses the full-length CMV promoter.
- the Tet-OnTM and Tet-OffTM systems from CLONTECH® can be used to regulate expression in a mammalian host using tetracycline or its derivatives. The implementation of these systems is described in Gossen et al., 1992 and Gossen et al., 1995, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,298, all of which are incorporated by reference.
- I NVITROGEN® also provides a yeast expression system called the Pichia methanolica Expression System, which is designed for high-level production of recombinant proteins in the methylotrophic yeast Pichia methanolica .
- a vector such as an expression construct, to produce a nucleic acid sequence or its cognate polypeptide, protein, or peptide.
- a nucleic acid may be introduce into a cell in vitro for production of polypeptides or in vivo for immunization purposes.
- nucleic acid molecules such as expression vectors may be introduced into cells.
- the expression vector comprises a GBV-C infectious particle or engineered vector derived from a GBV-C genome.
- an expression vector known to one of skill in the art may be used to express a segment of a GBV-C nucleic, which may be translated into a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide.
- “Viral expression vector” is meant to include those vectors containing sequences of that virus sufficient to (a) support packaging of the vector and (b) to express a polynucleotide that has been cloned therein. In this context, expression may require that the gene product be synthesized.
- a number of such viral vectors have already been thoroughly researched, including adenovirus, adeno-associated viruses, retroviruses, herpesviruses, and vaccinia viruses.
- Delivery may be accomplished in vitro, as in laboratory procedures for transforming cells lines, or in vivo or ex vivo, as in the treatment of certain disease states.
- One mechanism for delivery is via viral infection where the expression vector is encapsidated in an infectious viral particle.
- Several non-viral methods for the transfer of expression vectors into cultured mammalian cells also are contemplated by the present invention.
- the nucleic acid encoding a gene or genes may be stably integrated into the genome of the cell. This integration may be in the cognate location and orientation via homologous recombination (gene replacement) or it may be integrated in a random, non-specific location (gene augmentation).
- the nucleic acid may be stably maintained in the cell as a separate, episomal segment of DNA. Such nucleic acid segments or “episomes” encode sequences sufficient to permit maintenance and replication independent of or in synchronization with the host cell cycle. How the expression vector is delivered to a cell and where in the cell the nucleic acid remains is dependent on the type of expression vector employed.
- Transfer of a nucleic acid molecule may be performed by any of the methods mentioned above which physically or chemically permeabilize the cell membrane. This is particularly applicable for transfer in vitro, but it may be applied to in vivo use as well.
- Embodiments of the invention include various compositions and methods for stimulating, supplementing or enhancing the immune system of a subject that has or may be exposed to HIV.
- Immunotherapy in general is a treatment to stimulate, enhance, or restore the ability of the immune system to fight infection and disease. Immunotherapy is thus any form of treatment that uses the immune system to fight infection and disease or to protect the body from some of the side effects of treatment. Examples include active immunization, passive immunization, and adoptive immunotherapies.
- Immunoglobulins typically mediate humoral immunity by attaching to foreign antigens and activating effector modalities (e.g., complement, granulocytes, cytotoxic T-cells, etc.) to destroy and clear the antigens and also by passive inactivation, exclusion or immobilization of pathogens.
- effector modalities e.g., complement, granulocytes, cytotoxic T-cells, etc.
- Each of the five Ig isotypes possesses its own spectrum of effector systems with which it interacts via its Fc domain.
- the constant region isotype of the antibody is determined following T-cell mediated, Ig class-switching which endows a given antibody with the specific effector modalities of the new isotype.
- Administration and/or elicitation of antibodies to GBV-C derived peptides, in particular GBV-C E2 may be used as a therapeutic in various immunotherapies.
- Purified or partially purified anti-GBV-C antibodies or binding agents may be administered to a subject for prophylatic or therapeutic treatment of HIV. Passive immunization has been administered for several bacterial infections including pneumococcal pneumonia and H. influenza pneumonia. In pneumococcal disease it was essential to identify the infecting serotype and obtain the appropriate type specific antiserum. The problems that arose from using horse serum and the difficulty in precisely defining the serotype led to the abandonment of this procedure as soon as antibiotic therapy was introduced into clinical medicine.
- HIV may be inhibited in its ability to infect the body, or at least the reduce the level of infection or replication.
- Certain embodiments of the invention include the vaccination of a subject with an antigen derived from a GBV-C protein, in particular a GBV-C envelope protein, for the therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of HIV.
- the antigen can be all or part of the GBV-C E2 polypeptide or mimcs thereof. Appropriate mimetics may be designed base on secondary or tertiary structure of a protein or peptide. This vaccination elicits the production of antibodies, i.e. GBV-C and HIV binding agents.
- anti-HIV properties may be illicited by expression or over-expression of a GBV-C antigen by an attenuated GBV-C viral vector.
- Anti-HIV properties will typically results in the modification of an HIV infection or the sensitivity to such an infection.
- Anti-HIV properties include, but are not limited to, delaying or slowing propagation of HIV; reducing viral load; reducing viral spread; reducing or limiting the severity of secondary pathologies, such as opportunistic infections and the like; preventing or reducing the probability of infection; neutralizing HIV particles; or competing with HIV binding sites on cells and in tissues and organs of a person exposed to HIV.
- Active immunotherapy involves immunization of a subject to enhance existing or to elicit novel pathogen-specific immune responses, i.e., an HIV immune response, and, for example, provide systemic anti-pathogen immunity.
- Immunotherapeutic vaccination is the concept of inducing or enhancing immune responses of the subject to antigenic determinants that are uniquely expressed or expressed at increased levels on pathogens or cells infected by pathogens.
- Antigenic determinants may be in the form of peptides, polypeptides, attenuated pathogens, and the like.
- the immune response is the way the body defends itself against microorganisms, viruses, and other potentially harmful substances or organisms.
- Antigens are typically molecules (usually proteins) on the surface of cells, viruses, fungi, bacteria, and some non-living substances such as toxins, chemicals, drugs, and foreign particles.
- the immune system recognizes and destroys substances containing these antigens.
- the immune response may be an active immune response.
- Active immunity develops when the body is exposed to various antigens (antigenic epitopes), such as those described herein. It involves lymphocytes, of which there are 2 main groups, B-lymphocytes, and T lymphocytes. B lymphocytes (also called B cells) produce antibodies. Antibodies attach to a specific antigen and make it easier for the phagocytes to destroy the antigen. T lymphocytes (T cells) attack antigens directly, and some T lymphocytes provide control of the immune response. B cells and T cells develop that are specific for an antigen type. When a subject is exposed to a different antigen, different B cells and T cells are formed.
- B cells are a type of lymphocyte.
- the B cell produces antibodies that bind antigens.
- Each B cell is programmed to make a specific antibody.
- Each of the plasma cells descended from a given B cell manufactures millions of identical antibody molecules and pours them into the bloodstream.
- a given antibody has an affinity for a particular antigen.
- the antibody-antigen interaction marks the antigen or the cell displaying the antigen for destruction.
- B-cells produce memory cells that attack the disease-causing organism if it invades again. This second response is much quicker than the first, thus preventing symptoms of the disease from occurring.
- the second phase involves the formation of the memory B-cell pool and seeding of long-lived plasma cells to the bone marrow. Plasma cells are terminally differentiated and do not give rise to memory cells.
- Memory T cells may be generated from effector T cells. There may be two subsets of memory cells: quiescent, central memory cells that recirculate from blood to secondary lymphoid organs, and effector memory cells that migrate through tissues and deliver a very rapid response on reactivation with antigen.
- T-lymphocytes are activated by contact with an antigen-presenting cell that is in contact with an antigen of the invention.
- T cells express a unique antigen binding receptor on their membrane (T-cell receptor), which can only recognize antigen in association with major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of other cells.
- MHC major histocompatibility complex
- T helper cells and T cytotoxic cells are primarily distinguished by their display of the membrane bound glycoproteins CD4 and CD8, respectively.
- T helper cells secrete various lymphokines that are crucial for the activation of B cells, T cytotoxic cells, macrophages, and other cells of the immune system.
- a T cytotoxic cell that recognizes an antigen-MHC complex proliferates and differentiates into an effector cell called a cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL).
- CTLs eliminate cells of the body displaying antigen, such as virus-infected cells and tumor cells, by producing substances that result in cell lysis.
- CTL activity may be assessed in freshly isolated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), in a phytohaemaglutinin-stimulated IL-2 expanded cell line established from PBMC (Bernard et al., 1998) or by T cells isolated from a previously immunized subject and restimulated for 6 days with dendritic cells infected with an adenovirus vector containing antigen using standard 4 hr 51 Cr release microtoxicity assays.
- PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- T cells isolated from a previously immunized subject and restimulated for 6 days with dendritic cells infected with an adenovirus vector containing antigen using standard 4 hr 51 Cr release microtoxicity assays One type of assay uses cloned T-cells. Cloned T-cells have been tested for their ability to mediate both perforin and Fas ligand-dependent killing in redirected cytotoxicity assays (Simpson et al.,
- the cloned cytotoxic T lymphocytes displayed both Fas- and perforin-dependent killing.
- An in vitro dehydrogenase release assay has been developed that takes advantage of a fluorescent amplification system (Page et al., 1998). This approach is sensitive, rapid, and reproducible and may be used advantageously for mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR). It may easily be further automated for large scale cytotoxicity testing using cell membrane integrity, and is thus considered in the present invention.
- MLR mixed lymphocyte reaction
- the fluorophore used is the non-toxic molecule alamarBlue (Nociari et al., 1998).
- the alamarBlue is fluorescently quenched (i.e., low quantum yield) until mitochondrial reduction occurs, which then results in a dramatic increase in the alamarBlue fluorescence intensity (i.e., increase in the quantum yield).
- This assay is reported to be extremely sensitive, specific and requires a significantly lower number of effector cells than the standard 51 Cr release assay.
- T helper cell responses can be measured by in vitro or in vivo assay with peptides, polypeptides, or proteins.
- In vitro assays include measurement of a specific cytokine release by enzyme, radioisotope, chromaphore, or fluorescent assays.
- In vivo assays include delayed type hypersensitivity responses called skin tests, as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
- the term “antigen presenting cell” can be any cell that accomplishes the goal of the invention by aiding the enhancement of an immune response (e.g., from the T-cell or -B-cell arms of the immune system) against an antigenic composition of the present invention or a heterologous antigen or a immunologically functional equivalent.
- an immune response e.g., from the T-cell or -B-cell arms of the immune system
- Such cells can be defined by those of skill in the art, using methods disclosed herein and in the art.
- a cell that displays or presents an antigen normally or preferentially with a class II major histocompatibility molecule or complex to an immune cell is an “antigen presenting cell.”
- a cell e.g., an APC cell
- another cell such as a recombinant cell or a tumor cell that expresses the desired antigen.
- the immune cell to which an antigen-presenting cell displays or presents an antigen to is a CD4+ TH cell.
- Additional molecules expressed on the APC or other immune cells may aid or improve the enhancement of an immune response.
- Secreted or soluble molecules, such as for example, cytokines and adjuvants, may also aid or enhance the immune response against an antigen. Such molecules are well known to one of skill in the art, and various examples are described herein.
- the dendritic cell is the cell type best suited for vaccine antigen delivery, as they are the most potent antigen presenting cells, effective in the stimulation of both primary and secondary immune responses (Steinman, 1999; Celluzzi and Falo, 1997). It is contemplated in the present invention that the exposure of dendritic cells with a GBV-C vaccine of the invention, will elicit a potent immune response specific for the vaccine or vaccine vector of the present invention. A more detailed description of vaccines is provided below.
- the antigens or anti-idiotypic antibodies may be used to stimulate autologous or heterologous immunocompetent cells for the treatment of HIV.
- Adoptive immunotherapy is a technique that involves either removing immunocompetent cells from the body, artificially increasing the number, and returning them to the body; or artificially altering target cells to make them more immunogenic.
- Typical adoptive immunotherapy involves the administration of immunologically active cells to an individual for providing a beneficial immunological effect such as reduction or control of viral infections.
- the immunologically active cells are typically taken by venipuncture or leukophoreses either from the individual to be treated, termed autologous treatment, or from another individual, termed an allogeneic or heterologous treatment.
- the lymphocytes are then cultured to increase their number and to activate their therapeutic activity, and then infused back into the patient.
- the majority of conventional efforts in adoptive immunotherapy are typically directed at expanding cell numbers in vitro followed by infusion back into the patient.
- T lymphocytes that may be used in adoptive immunotherapy are T lymphocytes.
- a method for the activation of T lymphocytes to generate T-activated killer cells (T-AK) has been described as taking lymphocytes by leukophoresis or from peripheral blood, and stimulating said cells with a monoclonal antibody (MAb) to a T cell surface receptor such as anti-CD3 (soluble or solid phase bound).
- MAb monoclonal antibody
- the T cells can be stimulated with or without the addition of one or more cytokines such as IL-2.
- T cells can be purified before stimulation with the MAb to a surface receptor.
- T-AK cells are responsible for the non-MHC restricted cytolytic activity seen in these cultures (Anderson et al., 1989; Loeffler et al., 1991).
- IL-2 The ability of IL-2 to expand T lymphocytes having immune reactivity and the ability to lyse fresh autologous, syngeneic, or allogeneic natural killer (NK) cell-resistant tumor cells, but not normal cells, has resulted in the development of cell transfer therapies, such as autologous adoptive immunotherapy.
- Immunocompetent cells may include T lympocytes, dendritic cells, and the like.
- Embodiments of the invention may include polypeptides in the form of antibodies, single chain antibodies and the like that bind various GBV-C polypeptides, peptides, or derivatives thereof.
- Means for preparing and characterizing antibodies are well known in the art (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988; and Humphreys and Glover, 2001, each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
- the present invention provides therapeutic uses for anti-GBV-C antibodies.
- monoclonal antibodies as well as polyclonal antibodies against GBV-C antigens may be used effectively in preventive and therapeutic treatment of HIV.
- the present invention is directed to anti-GBV-C antibody/antibodies that bind a GBV-C protein, polypeptide, or peptide, and attenuate HIV virus infectivity or replication.
- antibodies that bind a GBV-C envelope protein, polypeptide, or peptide are contemplated.
- antibodies that bind a GBV-C E2 protein, polypeptide, or peptide, as described herein, are contemplated.
- the invention also contemplates the use of a biologically functional equivalent of an anti-GBV-C antibody or a GBV-C antigen.
- GBV-C protein/peptide/polypeptide or “GBV-C antigen” is used herein to refer to a GBV-C protein, polypeptide or peptide, irrespective of whether it occurs naturally, is purified, is partially purified, or is produced by recombinant DNA methods, fusion-protein methods, protein synthesis methods or is a biological functional equivalent thereof.
- a biologically functional equivalent is molecule where modifications and/or changes may be made in the structure of the polynucleotides encoding and/or the protein molecule, while obtaining molecules having similar or improved characteristics.
- the molecule may be either a GBV-C antigen or an anti-GBV-C antibody.
- the biological functional equivalent may comprise a polynucleotide that has been engineered to contain distinct sequences while at the same time retaining the capacity to encode a “wild-type” or a functional polypeptide or peptide. This can be accomplished through the degeneracy of the genetic code, i.e., the presence of multiple codons, which encode for the same amino acids. Methods for preparing such equivalents are well known in the art.
- antibody is used to refer to any antibody-like molecule that has an antigen binding region, and includes antibody fragments such as Fab′, Fab, F(ab′) 2 , single domain antibodies (DABs), Fv, scFv (single chain Fv or single chain antibodies), chimeras and the like.
- DABs single domain antibodies
- Fv single chain Fv or single chain antibodies
- chimeras and the like.
- a polyclonal antibody typically is prepared by immunizing an animal with an immunogenic composition (comprising a GBV-C antigen, for example) and collecting antisera from that immunized animal.
- an immunogenic composition comprising a GBV-C antigen, for example
- a wide range of animal species can be used for the production of antisera.
- the animal used for production of anti-antisera is a rabbit, a mouse, a rat, a hamster, a guinea pig, or a goat. Because of the relatively large blood volume of rabbits, a rabbit is a preferred choice for production of polyclonal antibodies.
- a given composition may vary in its immunogenicity. It is often necessary therefore to boost the host immune system, as may be achieved by coupling a peptide or polypeptide immunogen to a carrier.
- exemplary carriers are keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH) and bovine serum albumin (BSA). Other proteins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin, rabbit serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor can also be used as carriers.
- KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- Other proteins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin, rabbit serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor can also be used as carriers.
- Means for conjugating a polypeptide to a carrier protein are also well known in the art.
- Exemplary methods of conjugation include glutaraldehyde, m-maleimidobencoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, carbodiimyde, and bis-biazotized benzidine.
- Other bifunctional or derivatizing agent may also be used for linking, for example maleimidobenzoyl sulfosuccinimide ester (conjugation through cysteine residues), N-hydroxysuccinimide (through lysine residues), glutaraldehyde, succinic anhydride, SOCl 2 , or R 1 N ⁇ C ⁇ NR, where R and R 1 are different alkyl groups.
- the immunogenicity of a particular immunogen composition can be enhanced by the use of non-specific stimulators of the immune response, known as adjuvants.
- adjuvants include complete Freund's adjuvant (a non-specific stimulator of the immune response containing killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis ), incomplete Freund's adjuvants and aluminum hydroxide adjuvant.
- the amount of immunogen composition used in the production of polyclonal antibodies varies upon the nature of the immunogen as well as the animal used for immunization. A variety of routes can be used to administer the immunogen (subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intravenous, and intraperitoneal). The production of polyclonal antibodies may be monitored by sampling blood of the immunized animal at various points following immunization.
- a second, booster injection also may be given.
- the process of boosting and titering is repeated until a suitable titer is achieved.
- the immunized animal can be bled and the serum isolated and stored, and/or the animal can be used to generate mAbs.
- a “monoclonal antibody” refers to homogenous populations of immunoglobulins that are capable of specifically binding to a GBV-C protein. It is understood that the GBV-C protein or peptide, as described herein, may have one or more antigenic determinants. The antibodies of the invention may be directed against one or more of these determinants.
- Monoclonal antibodies may be readily prepared through use of well-known techniques, such as those exemplified in U.S. Pat. No. 4,196,265, incorporated herein by reference.
- this technique involves immunizing a suitable animal with a selected immunogen composition, e.g., a purified or partially purified GBV-C antigen protein, polypeptide, or peptide.
- the immunizing composition is administered in a manner effective to stimulate antibody-producing cells.
- mice and rats are preferred animals, however, the use of rabbit, sheep, goat, monkey cells is also possible.
- the use of rats may provide certain advantages (Goding, 1986, pp. 60-61), but mice are preferred, with the BALB/c mouse being most preferred.
- the BALB/c mouse is most routinely used and generally gives a higher percentage of stable fusions.
- B-cells B-lymphocytes
- spleen lymphocytes are obtained by homogenizing the spleen with a syringe.
- the antibody-producing B-lymphocytes from the immunized animal are then fused with cells of an immortal myeloma cell, generally one of the same species as the animal that was immunized.
- Myeloma cell lines suited for use in hybridoma-producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render then incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas).
- any one of a number of myeloma cells may be used, as are known to those of skill in the art (Goding, pp. 65-66, 1986; Campbell, pp. 75-83, 1984; each incorporated herein by reference).
- the immunized animal is a mouse
- rats one may use R210.RCY3, Y3-Ag 1.2.3, IR983F and 4B210; and U-266, GM1500-GRG2, LICR-LON-HMy2 and UC729-6 are all useful in connection with human cell fusions.
- NS-1 myeloma cell line also termed P3-NS-1-Ag4-1
- P3-NS-1-Ag4-1 Another mouse myeloma cell line that may be used is the 8-azaguanine-resistant mouse murine myeloma SP2/0 non-producer cell line.
- Methods for generating hybrids of antibody-producing spleen or lymph node cells and myeloma cells usually comprise mixing somatic cells with myeloma cells in a 2:1 proportion, though the proportion may vary from about 20:1 to about 1:1, respectively, in the presence of an agent or agents (chemical or electrical) that promote the fusion of cell membranes.
- Fusion methods using Sendai virus have been described by Kohler and Milstein (1975; 1976), and those using polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as 37% (v/v) PEG, by Gefter et al. (1977).
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- the use of electrically induced fusion methods also is appropriate (Goding pp. 71-74, 1986).
- Fusion procedures usually produce viable hybrids at low frequencies, about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 to 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 . However, this does not pose a problem, as the viable, fused hybrids are differentiated from the parental, infused cells (particularly the infused myeloma cells that would normally continue to divide indefinitely) by culturing in a selective medium.
- the selective medium is generally one that contains an agent that blocks the de novo synthesis of nucleotides in the tissue culture media.
- Exemplary and preferred agents are aminopterin, methotrexate, and azaserine. Aminopterin and methotrexate block de novo synthesis of both purines and pyrimidines, whereas azaserine blocks only purine synthesis.
- the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine and thymidine as a source of nucleotides (hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) medium).
- HAT hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine
- azaserine the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine.
- One preferred selection medium is HAT. Only cells capable of operating nucleotide salvage pathways are able to survive in HAT medium.
- This culturing provides a population of hybridomas from which specific hybridomas are selected.
- selection of hybridomas is performed by culturing the cells by single-clone dilution in microtiter plates, followed by testing the individual clonal supernatants (after about two to three weeks) for the desired reactivity.
- the assay should be sensitive, simple, and rapid, such as radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, cytotoxicity assays, plaque assays, dot immunobinding assays, and the like.
- the selected hybridomas would then be serially diluted and cloned into individual antibody-producing cell lines, which clones can then be propagated indefinitely to provide mAbs.
- the cell lines may be exploited for mAb production in two basic ways.
- a sample of the hybridoma can be injected (often into the peritoneal cavity) into a histocompatible animal of the type that was used to provide the somatic and myeloma cells for the original fusion (e.g., a syngeneic mouse).
- the animals are primed with a hydrocarbon, especially oils such as pristane (tetramethylpentadecane) prior to injection.
- the injected animal develops tumors secreting the specific mAb produced by the fused cell hybrid.
- the body fluids of the animal such as serum or ascites fluid, can then be tapped to provide mAbs in high concentration.
- the individual cell lines could also be cultured in vitro, where the mAbs are naturally secreted into the culture medium from which they can be readily obtained in high concentrations.
- mAbs produced by either means may be further purified, if desired, using filtration, centrifugation, and various chromatographic methods such as FPLC or affinity chromatography. Fragments of the mAbs of the invention can be obtained from the purified mAbs by methods that include digestion with enzymes, such as pepsin or papain, and/or by cleavage of disulfide bonds by chemical reduction. Alternatively, mAb fragments encompassed by the present invention can be synthesized using an automated peptide synthesizer.
- a molecular cloning approach may be used to generate monoclonals.
- combinatorial immunoglobulin phagemid libraries are prepared from RNA isolated from the spleen of the immunized animal, or prom human cells derived from non-immunized individuals, and phagemids expressing appropriate antibodies are selected by panning using cells expressing the antigen and control cells.
- the advantages of this approach over conventional hybridoma techniques are that approximately 10 4 times as many antibodies can be produced and screened in a single round, and that new specificities are generated by H and L chain combination which further increases the chance of finding appropriate antibodies.
- a second advantage of monoclonal antibody production by screening recombinant libraries is the lack of need for immunization and a third is the ability to produce totally human monoclonal antibodies.
- Two commercially available anti-GBV-C E2 monoclonal antibodies have been tested for HIV-inhibitory effects on an R5 HIV strain.
- the M6 (Roche) was the best, but all three inhibited HIV. This was done in duplicate, and is similar to results seen in another previous experiment.
- the Roche monoclonal antibody has been studied for binding to E2 protein by pepscan. The antibody recognizes a linear epitope found on two overlapping peptides representing the GBV-C E2 protein.
- the epitope may be contained in a 9 amino acid sequence FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8).
- This amino acid may be an HIV disease-modifying immunogen (Vaccine).
- the peptide may be used to inhibit HIV (as a prototype drug), and induce anti-HIV antibodies (as a vaccine).
- Antibodies from Roche are described in Tacke et al. (1997) and Schmolke et al. (1998). For a description of epitope mapping studies see Schmolke et al. (1998).
- a “BD” and “VS” antibodies are commercially available monoclonal antibodies against GBV-C E2 sold by Biodesign and Virostat, respectively.
- Other Roche antibodies may also demonstrate these same affects, M113, and M30.
- anti-GBV-C antibodies may be humanized for therapeutic purposes.
- Humanized mAbs are antibodies of animal origin that have been modified using genetic engineering techniques to replace constant regions and/or variable region framework sequences with human sequences, while retaining the original antigen specificity.
- Such antibodies can also include a humanized heavy chain associated with a donor or acceptor unmodified light chain or a chimeric light chain, or vice versa.
- Such antibodies are commonly derived from rodent antibodies, for example, the murine Ab of the present invention.
- Rodent derived antibodies may demonstrate a specificity against human antigens and are generally useful for in vivo therapeutic applications. This strategy reduces the host response to the foreign antibody and allows selection of the human effector functions.
- CDRs are defined as the complementarity determining region amino acid sequences of an antibody. CDRs are contained within the hypervariable regions of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains. CDRs provide the majority of contact residues for the binding of the antibody to the antigen or epitope.
- CDRs of interest in this invention are derived from donor antibody variable heavy and light chain sequences, and include functional fragments and analogs of the naturally occurring CDRs, which fragments and analogs also share or retain the same antigen binding specificity and/or neutralizing ability as the donor antibody from which they were derived.
- the humanized immunoglobulins When combined into an intact antibody, are substantially non-immunogenic in humans and retain substantially the same affinity as the donor immunoglobulin to the antigen, such as a protein or other compound containing an epitope.
- a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source that is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain.
- a humanized antibody is one in which only the antigen-recognized sites, or complementarity-determining hypervariable regions (CDRs) are of non-human origin, whereas all framework regions (FR) of variable domains are products of human genes.
- Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., 1986; Riechmann et al., 1988; Verhoeyen et al., 1988), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such “humanized” antibodies are chimeric antibodies, wherein less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some framework region (FR) residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
- FR framework region
- Embodiments of the invention may use human monoclonal antibodies in compositions and methods described herein.
- Human mAbs can be made using a hybridoma method. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human mAbs have been described, for example, by Kozbor (1984), and Brodeur et al. (1987).
- transgenic animals e.g., mice
- transgenic animals e.g., mice
- J H antibody heavy chain joining region
- phage display technology can be used to produce human antibodies and antibody fragments in vitro, from immunoglobulin variable (V) domain gene repertoires from unimmunized donors (McCafferty et al., 1990).
- V domain genes are cloned in-frame into either a major or minor coat protein gene of a filamentous bacteriophage, such as M13 or fd, and displayed as functional antibody fragments on the surface of the phage particle.
- the filamentous particle contains a single-stranded DNA copy of the phage genome, selections based on the functional properties of the antibody also result in selection of the gene encoding the antibody exhibiting those properties.
- the phage mimics some of the properties of the B-cell.
- Phage display can be performed in a variety of formats (Johnson et al., 1993).
- Several sources of V-gene segments can be used for phage display.
- a repertoire of V genes from unimmunized human donors can be constructed and antibodies to a diverse array of antigens (including self-antigens) can be isolated essentially following the techniques described by Marks et al. (1991), or Griffith et al. (1993).
- Antibody conjugates comprising a GBV-C antibody linked to another agent, such as but not limited to a therapeutic agent, a anti-viral agent, a detectable label, a cytotoxic agent, a chemical, a toxic, an enzyme inhibitor, a pharmaceutical agent, etc. form further aspects of the invention.
- Antibody conjugates may be used both in in vitro diagnostics and in a variety of immunoassays.
- Certain antibody conjugates include may be for use in vitro, where the antibody is linked to a secondary binding ligand or to an enzyme (an enzyme tag) that will generate a colored product upon contact with a chromogenic substrate.
- suitable enzymes include urease, alkaline phosphatase, (horseradish) hydrogen peroxidase and glucose oxidase.
- Preferred secondary binding ligands are biotin and avidin or streptavidin compounds. The use of such labels is well known to those of skill in the art and is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,817,837; 3,850,752; 3,939,350; 3,996,345; 4,277,437; 4,275,149 and 4,366,241, each incorporated herein by reference.
- the Fv portion of an antibody is a 26 kDa heterodimer consisting of the amino-terminal variable domains of the heavy and light chains, and is the smallest fragment to bear the antigen binding site.
- Genetically engineered single chain Fv (Fv) peptides have been synthesized by attaching the carboxyl terminus of one variable domain to the amino terminus of the other with a peptide linker. These Fv fragments have been shown to bind specific antigens, like the transferrin receptor, have been used to localize fusion proteins to targeted cells.
- the present invention includes methods for preventing the development of or treating AIDS in both infected and uninfected persons, as well as the elicitation or enhancement of an immune response.
- the invention contemplates vaccines for use in active, passive, and adoptive immunization embodiments.
- Immunogenic compositions proposed to be suitable for use as active vaccines, may be prepared from an infectious, conditionally replicative, or replication defective GBV-C nucleic acid. Immunogenic compositions may also be prepared from a recombinant expression construct or synthesized in a manner disclosed herein or is known in the art.
- the antigenic material is extensively dialyzed to remove undesired small molecular weight molecules and/or lyophilized for more ready formulation into a desired vehicle.
- the present invention involves the use of a GBV-C antigen, for example, and E2 antigen.
- the antigen may also be a fragment of a GBV-C virus protein, such as a peptide (discussed above).
- the antigen is contemplated that contains the 9 amino acid sequence FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8).
- the antigen is contemplated to comprise the 13 amino acid LTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6).
- the antigen is contemplated to comprise the 17 amino acid sequence GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:7). This amino acid may be an HIV disease-modifying immunogen (vaccine) and/or induce anti-HIV antibodies (as a vaccine).
- a given composition may vary in its immunogenicity. It is often necessary therefore to boost the host immune system, as may be achieved by coupling the heterologous polypeptide immunogen to a carrier.
- exemplary carriers are keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH) and bovine serum albumin (BSA). Other albumins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin, or rabbit serum albumin can also be used as carriers.
- KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- Other albumins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin, or rabbit serum albumin can also be used as carriers.
- Means for conjugating a polypeptide to a carrier protein are well known in the art and include glutaraldehyde, m-maleimidobencoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, carbodiimyde, and bis-biazotized benzidine.
- the immunogenicity of a polypeptide or peptide composition can be enhanced by the use of non-specific stimulators of the immune response, known as adjuvants.
- Suitable adjuvants include all acceptable immunostimulatory compounds, such as cytokines, toxins, or synthetic compositions.
- Adjuvants that may be used include IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-7, IL-12, ⁇ -interferon, GMCSP, BCG, aluminum hydroxide, MDP compounds, such as thur-MDP and nor-MDP, CGP (MTP-PE), lipid A, and monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL).
- MDP compounds such as thur-MDP and nor-MDP, CGP (MTP-PE), lipid A, and monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL).
- MDP compounds such as thur-MDP and nor-MDP
- CGP CGP
- MTP-PE CGP
- MTP-PE CGP
- MTP-PE CGP
- MTP-PE CGP
- MTP-PE CGP
- MPL monophosphoryl lipid A
- RIBI which contains three components extracted from bacteria, MPL, trehalose dimycolate (TDM) and cell wall skeleton (CWS) in a 2% squalene/
- Exemplary, often preferred adjuvants include complete Freund's adjuvant (a non-specific stimulator of the immune response containing killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis ), incomplete Freund's adjuvants and aluminum hydroxide adjuvant.
- BRM biologic response modifiers
- BRMs include, but are not limited to, Cimetidine (CIM; 1200 mg/d) (Smith/Kline, PA); or low-dose Cyclophosphamide (CYP; 300 mg/m 2 ) (Johnson/Mead, NJ) and cytokines such as ⁇ -interferon, IL-2, or IL-12 or genes encoding proteins involved in immune helper functions, such as B-7.
- therapeutic methods will include administering to a patient or subject a composition comprising an antigen or an antibody derived from a GBV-C polypeptide.
- the treatment methods of the invention may be used in combination with other anti-HIV treatments, such as GBV-C infection as a therapeutic or preventative treatment for AIDS.
- GBV-C infection a therapeutic or preventative treatment for AIDS.
- a binding agent that binds a GBV-C derived amino acid molecule can be used to reduce the severity or progression of AIDS, including the prevention of AIDS in HIV-infected individuals.
- a reduction in severity or progression of AIDS includes, but is not limited to, prevention of or a reduction in the severity, duration, or discomfort associated with the following conditions: prolonged and unexplained fatigue; swollen glands; prolonged fever; chills; excessive sweating; swollen gums and mouth lesions; sore throat; cough; shortness of breath; constipation; diarrhea; symptoms of well-known opportunistic infections; Kaposi sarcomas; skin rashes or lesions; loss of appetite or weight loss; malaise; headaches; speech impairment; muscle atrophy; memory loss; reduced cognitive functioning; swelling of the joints; joint stiffness or pain; cold intolerance; pain or tenderness in bones; energy level; anxiety, stress, and tension; groin lump; pruritus; genital sores; blurred or decreased
- a patient may be administered a pharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising a HIV neutralizing or attenuating binding agent derived from a GBV-C polypeptide.
- the anti-HIV GBV-C binding agent may be used in conjunction with infection of CD4+ T cells with GBV-C or a recombinant version of GBV-C to inhibit infection of these cells by HIV.
- treatment with the GBV-C compositions of the present invention may effect a combination of preventative and therapeutic treatments insofar as infection of other cells in an HIV-infected subject's body is prevented or attenuated.
- Inhibition of AIDS progression may be demonstrated by reduction of detectable HIV in the HIV-infected subject; maintaining a CD4 count above 200 for a longer than average period of time; maintaining a normal T cell count; or maintaining normal p24 antigen.
- therapeutic benefit or “therapeutic effect” used throughout this application refers to anything that promotes or enhances the well-being of the subject with respect to the medical treatment of his/her condition, which includes treatment of HIV-infection (before the onset of AIDS), AIDS, as well as treatment of Hepatitis C.
- a list of nonexhaustive examples of this includes extension of the subject's life by any period of time; decrease or delay in the progression of AIDS (HIV, as described above) or Hepatitis C; decrease in viral load of HIV or HCV; decrease in HIV replication; clearance of HIV or HCV viremia reduced transmission of HCV or HIV; decrease in liver damage or complications; and a decrease in pain to the subject that can be attributed to the subject's condition.
- HIV HIV
- compositions of the present invention may be given in combination with treatment or prevention of hepatitis C, such as ⁇ -interferon.
- Combinations may be achieved by administering to a patient a single composition or pharmacological formulation that includes both agents, or by administering to a patient two distinct compositions or formulations, at the same time, wherein one composition may include a GBV-C binding agent, GBV-C antigen, or expression construct encoding a binding agent or antigen, and the other includes the standard anti-retroviral therapy.
- a GBV-C based therapeutic may precede or follow the other treatment by intervals ranging from minutes to weeks.
- the other agent and GBV-C based therapeutic are adminstered separately to the patient, one would generally ensure that a significant period of time did not expire between the time of each delivery, such that the agent and GBV-C based therapeutic would still be able to exert an advantageously combined effect on the patient.
- GBV-C based therapeutic agent A/B/A B/A/B B/B/A A/A/B B/A/A A/B/B B/B/B/A B/B/A/B A/A/B/B A/B/A/B A/B/B/A B/B/A B/B/A B/A/A/B B/B/B/A A/A/A/B B/B/B/A A/A/A/B B/A/A/A/B B/A/A/A/B B/A/A/B/A A/B/B B/A/B/B B/B/A/B/B B/B/A/B/B/A/B/B/B/A/B
- zovidovudine A well known, traditional therapy for the treatment of AIDS involves zovidovudine (AZTTM available from Burroughs Wellcome). This is one of a class of nucleoside analogues known as dideoxynucleosides which block HIV replication by inhibiting HIV reverse transcriptase.
- the anti-AIDS drug zidovudine also known as AZT may also be used in limited circumstances, mostly in combination with rifampin, as described by Burger et al. (1993).
- compositions and methods disclosed herein will be particularly effective in conjunction with other forms of therapy, such as AZT and/or protease inhibitors that are designed to inhibit viral replication, by maintaining desirable levels of white blood cells. This, in effect, buys the patient the time necessary for the anti-viral therapies to work.
- HAART highly active anti-retroviral therapy
- examples of HAART include a protease inhibitor (indinavir, nelfinavir, ritonavir, ritonavir/saquinavir, or saquinavir) combined with two nucleoside analogs (AZT/ddI, d4T/ddI, AZT/ddC, AZT/3TC, or d4T/3TC).
- the inventive compositions and/or a vaccines usually not exceeding six administrations or vaccinations, more usually not exceeding four vaccinations.
- one or more, usually at least about three administrations or vaccinations may be provided.
- the administrations or vaccinations will normally be at from two to twelve week intervals, more usually from three to five week intervals. Periodic boosters at intervals of 1-5 years, usually three years, will be desirable to maintain protective levels of the antibodies.
- the course of the immunization or treatment may be followed by standard antibody assays.
- the assays may be performed by labeling with conventional labels, such as radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescents, and the like. These techniques are well known and may be found in a wide variety of patents, such as U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,791,932; 4,174,384 and 3,949,064, as illustrative of these types of assays.
- the manner of application may be varied widely. Any of the conventional methods for administration of an antibody or vaccine are applicable. These are believed to include oral application on a solid physiologically acceptable base or in a physiologically acceptable dispersion, parenterally, by injection or the like.
- the dosage of the anti-GBV-C antibody or vaccine will depend on the route of administration and will vary according to the size of the host.
- the anti-GBV-C binding agents, GBV-C infectious nucleic acids and/or GBV-C antigens of the invention may be formulated into a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, see below, or vaccine as neutral or salt forms.
- Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts include the acid addition salts (formed with the free amino groups of the peptide) and those that are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like.
- Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups may also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like.
- inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like.
- binding agent that bind GBV-C sequences as active ingredients is generally well understood in the art by analogy, as exemplified by U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,479,243, 6,399,763, 5,714,153, 5,582,981, and 4,833,077, all incorporated herein by reference.
- the preparation of vaccines that contain GBV-C sequences as active ingredients is generally well understood in the art by analogy, as exemplified by U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,958,895, 6,004,799, and 5,620,896, all incorporated herein by reference.
- compositions including the immunoglobulins for passive immunotherapy or antigens for active immunotherapy, are typically used for prophylaxis of susceptible individuals and for the treatment of infections.
- passive and active immunity and immunizing agents may be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1990.
- the immunity provided by passive immunization is typically not long lasting and the immunoglobulins provided leave the body tissues and fluids of the host within a comparatively short period of time, usually after one to two weeks, either by utilization by binding to the pathogen or by metabolism by the host's body.
- the administration of an antibody for passive immunity may be during the critical period immediately after or just prior to the predicted exposure to the pathogen or toxin such that the immunoglobulins are present when immunity is most urgently required.
- compositions should contain at least 0.1% active compound.
- the percentage of the compositions and preparations may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 2 to about 60% of the weight of the unit.
- the amount of active compounds in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
- the pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
- the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy injection is possible. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- the prevention of the action of microorganisms can be brought about by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, phenylmecuric nitrate, m-cresol, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to use isotonic solutions, for example, sugars or sodium chloride.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate, and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by sterile filtration.
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the various sterilized active ingredients into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying techniques that yield a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- the present invention contemplates GBV-C antigens, anti-GBV-C antibodies, and/or infectious GBV-C nucleic acid molecules as well as infectious nucleic acid molecules encoding, in some embodiments, a heterologous sequence, collectively “therapeutic GBV-C compositions”.
- pharmaceutical compositions are administered to a subject. Different aspects of the present invention involve administering an effective amount of an aqueous composition.
- therapeutic GBV-C compositions are administered to a subject to either prevent the infection by HIV or prevent the progression of HIV infection to development of AIDS. Additionally, such compounds can be administered in combination with treatment by HAART or by administration of AZT and/or other anti-HIV drugs or drug regiments.
- anti-GBV-C agent or GBV-C antigens will be administered separately from medication.
- Such compositions will generally be dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or aqueous medium.
- phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” or “pharmacologically acceptable” refer to molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an adverse, allergic, or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal, or human, as appropriate.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifingal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutical active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredients, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients, such as other anti-cancer agents, can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- other pharmaceutically acceptable forms include, e.g., tablets or other solids for oral administration; time release capsules; and any other form currently used, including cremes, lotions, mouthwashes, inhalants and the like.
- the active compounds of the present invention can be formulated for parenteral administration, e.g., formulated for injection via the intravenous, intramuscular, intrathoracic, sub-cutaneous, or even intraperitoneal routes. Administration by i.v. or i.m. are specifically contemplated.
- compositions that contain a compound or compounds that increase the expression of an MHC class I molecule will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure.
- such compositions can be prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for use to prepare solutions or suspensions upon the addition of a liquid prior to injection can also be prepared; and, the preparations can also be emulsified.
- the antibodies, binding agents, or other active compositions may be formulated as neutral or salt forms.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the acid salts and those which are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups may also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like.
- the course of the treatment may be followed by assays for antibodies against antigens.
- the assays may be performed by labeling with conventional labels, such as radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescers, and the like.
- Samples for assaying may be serum samples, or they may be obtained from any mucosal surface, or body fluid, such as saliva, sputum, vaginal wash, or expectoration.
- this is accomplished by drip system.
- delayed release formulations could be used that provided limited but constant amounts of the therapeutic agent over and extended period of time.
- continuous perfusion for example with an anti GBV-C antibody, binding agent, antigen and/or a GBV-C viral vector which may or may not carry a heterologous nucleic acid segment may be preferred. This could be accomplished by catheterization followed by continuous administration of the therapeutic agent.
- the time period for perfusion would be selected by the clinician for the particular patient and situation, but times could range from about 1-2 hours, to 2-6 hours, to about 6-10 hours, to about 10-24 hours, to about 1-2 days, to about 1-2 weeks or longer.
- the dose of the therapeutic composition via continuous perfusion will be equivalent to that given by single or multiple injections, adjusted for the period of time over which the injections are administered. It is believed that higher doses may be achieved via perfusion, however.
- aqueous solutions For parenteral administration in an aqueous solution, for example, the solution should be suitably buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose.
- aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal administration.
- sterile aqueous media that can be employed will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure.
- one dosage could be dissolved in 1 mL of isotonic NaCl solution and either added to 1000 mL of hypodermoclysis fluid or injected at the proposed site of infusion, (see for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1990). Some variation in dosage will necessarily occur depending on the condition of the subject being treated. The person responsible for administration will, in any event, determine the appropriate dose for the individual subject.
- unit dose refers to physically discrete units suitable for use in a subject, each unit containing a predetermined-quantity of the therapeutic composition calculated to produce the desired responses, discussed above, in association with its administration, i.e., the appropriate route and treatment regimen.
- the quantity to be administered both according to number of treatments and unit dose, depends on the protection desired.
- Antibodies or other binding agents may be administered in a dose that can vary from 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 mg/kg of weight to 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200 mg/kg of weight in one or more daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly administrations during one or various days, weeks, months, or years.
- the antibodies can be administered by parenteral injection (intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intracavity or transdermic).
- parenteral injection intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intracavity or transdermic.
- For viral vectors one generally will prepare a viral vector stock.
- compositions of the invention may be administered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more times.
- the administrations will normally be at from one to twelve week intervals, more usually from one to four week intervals.
- Periodic re-administration will be desirable with recurrent exposure to the pathogen (e.g., HIV).
- HIV pathogen
- an HIV positive mother would be re-inoculated prior to parturition from a second pregnancy.
- Dosages commonly used for formulations that provide passive immunity are in the range of from 0.5 ml to 10 ml per dose, preferably in the range of 2 ml to 5 ml per dose. Repeated doses to deliver the appropriate amount of active compound are common. Both the age and size by weight of the recipient must be considered when determining the appropriate dosage of active ingredient and volume to administer.
- Precise amounts of the therapeutic composition also depend on the judgment of the practitioner and are peculiar to each individual. Factors affecting dose include physical and clinical state of the patient, the route of administration, the intended goal of treatment (alleviation of symptoms versus cure) and the potency, stability, and toxicity of the particular therapeutic substance.
- solutions Upon formulation, solutions will be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation and in such amount as is therapeutically effective.
- the formulations are easily administered in a variety of dosage forms, such as the type of injectable solutions described above, but drug release capsules and the like can also be employed.
- in vitro administration refers to manipulations performed on cells removed from an animal, including, but not limited to, cells in culture.
- ex vivo administration refers to cells that have been manipulated in vitro, and are subsequently administered to a living animal.
- in vivo administration includes all manipulations performed on cells within an animal.
- compositions may be administered either in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo.
- transcribed RNA from a GBV-C clone is transfected into PBMC using DEAE-dextran.
- the transduced cells can then be used for in vitro analysis, or alternatively for in vivo administration.
- E2 antibody serum was studied for interactions with HIV in a virus neutralization assay.
- a clinical R5 strain of HIV was incubated with a GBV-C RNA negative-E2 antibody negative serum (mock), with GBV-C E2 antibody positive-RNA negative serum (E2), GBV-C RNA positive-E2 negative serum (GBV-C), or a mixture of E2 and GBV-C sera for 1 hour at 37° C. prior to adding the mixture to PHA-IL-2 stimulated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs). After infection, cells were washed, and media was collected daily for 3 days for testing for HIV p24 antigen (p24 Ag) in culture supernatant by ELISA.
- PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- HIV p24 Ag was measured, and the percent inhibition determined by dividing the concentration present in the test sample by the HIV-mock infected control sample.
- the baseline HIV p24 Ag was determined using the “mock”-HIV mixture, and significant inhibition of HIV replication (as measured by p24 Ag production into culture supernatant fluids) was observed when E2-positive sera was mixed with HIV, although this inhibition declined each day.
- GBV-C RNA-positive sera and GBV-C replication
- the HIV replication was inhibited to a greater extent than with E2 antiserum alone, and the mixture of E2 and GBV-C RNA positive sera gave the greatest extent of HIV inhibition.
- RNA negative GBV-C E2 antibody positive (RNA negative) sera (isolates 55 and 9 respectively) and two E2 antibody negative (and RNA negative) sera (negative control sera 1 and 2) were studied for their ability to decrease replication of the R5 HIV strain.
- a clinical isolate was used for this study.
- diluted sera at 1:10, 1:100, and 1:1,000 were used to determine if there was a dose-response relationship between the concentration of serum and the extent of HIV inhibition. After washing the PBMCs, sera was maintained in the culture media throughout the experiment, and infections were monitored on day 3 for HIV p24 Ag production in culture supernatant.
- FIG. 2 Illustrates that HIV is inhibited by two E2 antibody positive sera in a dose-dependent fashion; whereas, E2 antibody negative sera do not inhibit HIV.
- IgG from four E2 antibody-positive sera and two E2 antibody-negative sera were purified by protein G column chromatography.
- HIV was mixed with a “no antibody” control (No Ab), or with 5 ⁇ g/ml of an E2 antibody negative control (NC-2) or E2 positive controls.
- NC-2 E2 antibody negative control
- the mixtures were applied to PBMCs, and after washing the HIV inocula, the cognate IgGs were maintained in the culture media.
- the raw p24 Ag results are shown in FIG. 3
- the percent HIV p24 Ag inhibition is shown in FIG. 4 .
- an epitope is contained in a 9 amino acid sequence of FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8) or in a 17 amino acid sequence of GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6).
- This amino acid sequence may be an HIV disease-modifying immunogen (vaccine).
- FIG. 6 demonstrates that the Roche M6 monoclonal antibody inhibits HIV-1 (R5 strain). HIV was mixed with M6 antibody or an isotype control antibody (range of concentrations, as shown) for 1 hr at 37° C., then added to PBMC cultures. Four hrs later, cells were washed, and media was added to cells (media containing either M6 or IC). Culture supernatants were collected on day 3 post-infection and HIV p24 antigen determined. Percent inhibition was determined by dividing the p24 antigen concentration in the M6 culture superantant by the Isotype control p24 antigen concentration. This value was subtracted from 1, and the result was multiplied ⁇ 100.
- FIG. 7 demonstrates that the biodesign and virostat antibodies also inhibited HIV-1, although not as efficiently as M6.
- FIG. 8 is a predicted map of the epitopes identified by the Roche mAbs as described in Schmolke et al. (1998). M3 inhibits all of the groups of antibodies. M6 was the only antibody to react with a linear peptide in a PEPSCAN analysis. Antibodies against this M6 epitope were found to not appear to be elicited during GBV-C infection.
- the inventors infected GHOST CD4+ cells (Cecilia et al., 1998) with an R5 HIV isolate, and then grew the cells in methionine free media supplemented with 35 S-methionine. Virus released into the culture supernatant was partially purified by size-exclusion chromatography ( FIG. 13 ). The p24 antigen positive peak represents radiolabeled HIV particles, and SDS-PAGE demonstrated many 35 S-labeled proteins, including proteins with relative molecular weights of 41 kD, 120 kD, and 160 kD consistent with HIV structural proteins (data not shown).
- the 35 S-labeled material was incubated in normal mouse IgG overnight at 4° C., and material reacting with IgG non-specifically was removed by precipitation with staph protein A (pansorbin). The supernatant was then incubated with either normal mouse IgG or murine anti-GBV-C E2 monoclonal antibody overnight (at various concentrations) at 4° C. Immune complexes were then precipitated using pansorbin, and the pelleted IgG-HIV complexes were washed extensively. Following washing, radiolabeled material was released by adding SDS and boiling, and cpm released was counted.
- FIG. 14 demonstrates results for M6 antibody, showing a dose-dependent precipitation of radiolabled HIV particles.
- anti-GBV-C E2 antibodies including Biodesign, Virostat, M3, M5
- Anti-GBV-C E2 antibodies immunoprecipitated HIV particles.
- a human anti-HIV monoclonal antibody and human HIV-negative antibodies were also tested, and confirmed that anti-HIV antibodies precipitated the radiolabeled HIV particles (data not shown).
- compositions and methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and methods and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the method described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents that are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
Abstract
Description
- This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 60/475,987, filed on Jun. 5, 2003, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The U.S. Government own rights in this invention pursuant to grant number R01AA12671 from the National Institutes of Health and a merit grant awarded to Jack Stapleton from the Veterans Administration.
- I. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates generally to the fields of molecular biology and virology. More particularly, it concerns methods and compositions to treat, inhibit or prevent HIV infection.
- II. Description of Related Art
- A. GB Virus Type C
- GB virus type C (GBV-C), also known as hepatitis G virus (HGV), is a virus whose genomic organization and nucleotide sequence places it in the Flavivirus family (Robertson et al., 1998). It is the most closely related human virus to hepatitis C virus (HCV) (Leary et al., 1996; Linnen et al., 1996; Simons et al., 1995). It has been suggested that these viruses should be classified together with non-human GB-hepatitis agents as the hepacivirus genus. Although GBV-C was originally associated with post-transfusion hepatitis in humans (Linnen et al., 1996), subsequent epidemiological studies indicated that it does not cause acute or chronic hepatitis (Alter et al., 1997a; Alter et al., 1997b). In addition, experimental GBV-C infection of chimpanzees was not associated with acute hepatitis (Bukh et al., 1998).
- Persistent GBV-C viremia (as detected by RT-PCR) is common, with 0.9% to 3% of healthy U.S. blood donors and approximately 20%-30% of patients with HCV infection persistently infected with GBV-C (Dawson et al., 1996; Feucht et al., 1997; Simons et al., 1995a; Simons et al., 1995b; Tacke et al., 1997). Following infection, about 80% of people clear their viremia, concomitantly developing antibody to the GBV-C E2 protein (Feucht et al., 1997; Thomas et al., 1998). Thus, it is estimated that approximately 20% of infected people remain viremic for long periods of time. GBV-C appears to be transmitted primarily by parenteral exposure (Simons et al., 1995), although there are data suggesting that sexual and/or household transmission of GBV-C infection may occur (Akiyoshi et al., 1999; de Martino et al., 1998; Nerurkar et al., 1998; Tanaka et al., 1997; Wu et al., 1997).
- B. GBV-C and HIV
- GBV-C has been investigated in the context of HIV infection. The course of HIV-1 infection is extremely variable among infected individuals, although the reasons for this observation are not fully understood. Individuals whose HIV disease progresses slowly are often called long-term non-progressors (LTNPs). The prevalence of LTNPs varies from 1% to 25% of infected people, depending upon the definition used (reviewed in Easterbrook, 1999). There are no specific clinical criteria for LTNP. However, non-progression generally implies the absence of HIV-related
clinical disease 10 or more years following infection and an absolute CD4 count of ≧500 cells/mm3 (Easterbrook, 1999). Evaluation of LTNP's has identified HIV isolates with deletions in key replicative genes (Deacon et al., 1995) and host genetic factors, including specific HLA haplotypes (reviewed in reference Rowland-Jones, 1999). In some individuals, polymorphisms that result in absent or reduced expression of HIV co-receptors have been identified (Huang et al., 1996). However, these findings are uncommon and thought to account for no more than one-third of LTNP's (Rowland-Jones, 1999). - Persistent GBV-C infection is common in humans, with infection rates of approximately 0.9% to 3% in healthy blood donors, 20-30% in HCV-positive people (Dawson et al., 1996), and 35%-40% in HIV-positive individuals. GBV-C infection can persist for decades in the absence of any clinical morbidity or mortality. Among immune-competent individuals, it is estimated that 60% to 75% of GBV-C-infected people clear the infection, concomitantly developing antibodies to the envelope glycoprotein E2 (Thomas et al., 1998). It is also known that GBV-C can be propagated in cultures of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC's) (Fogeda et al., 1999).
- In 1998, Toyoda et al. found that hemophiliacs co-infected with HIV and GBV-C had a lower plasma HIV RNA concentration and a lower incidence of AIDS diagnoses compared to those infected with HIV alone (Toyoda et al., 1998), although the differences were not statistically significant. In contrast, Sabin and colleagues found an increased rate of AIDS and death in hemophiliacs “exposed” to GBV-C (Sabin et al., 1998) compared to non-exposed individuals. This study included HIV-positive subjects who were either GBV-C viremic as determined by detection of GBV-C RNA in plasma, or HIV-infected people who were not viremic but were anti-GBV-C E2 antibody-positive. Although the mortality rate was higher among the GBV-C “exposed” individuals, the results were not statistically significant. Looking at HIV-infected persons, Lefrère and colleagues reported a significant delay in the rate of CD4+ T cell decline, development of AIDS, and death in 23 HIV-positive individuals with GBV-C viremia compared to 72 HIV-infected people without GBV-C viremia (Lefrère et al., 1999). In this study, HIV-infected individuals who were also GBV-C-positive were compared to HIV-infected individuals who were GBV-C-negative. When these subjects were matched by age, sex, baseline HIV RNA load, and baseline CD4 T cell count, HIV disease progression appeared to be worse in GBV-C-negative subjects.
- During progressive human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) infection, the virus-specific immune responses of an infected subject gradually deteriorate, leading to the development of acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). Most infected patients do not exhibit overt clinical manifestations of the disease for six to ten years following initial infection, however, most individuals infected with HIV eventually die from conditions or infections; that the individual's immune system is no longer equipped to fight. While treatment for AIDS has been forthcoming, no effective cure has been reported. Thus, preventative and treatment options against HIV infection and the development of AIDS remain highly desirable.
- Embodiments of the invention provide improved methods and compositions for therapeutic and/or prophylatic treatment of HIV infection. Aspects of the invention include compositions and methods related to antigens and/or polypeptides or peptides derived from GBV-C proteins or envelope proteins, in particular GBV-C envelope protein E2 (E2). In other aspects, the invention includes compositions and methods related to antibodies and other binding agents that bind antigens derived from GBV-C proteins. In other aspects, the invention includes compositions and methods related to the use of compositions comprising one or more GBV-C polypeptides or peptides for therapeutic or prophylatic administration. Compositions and methods comprising GBV-C polypeptides, GBV-C binding agents, or polynucleotides expressing the same can be used to stimulate or provide anti-HIV activity, including, but not limited to inhibition of HIV replication, inhibition of HIV processing, HIV neutralization, inhibition of HIV infection, or a decreased or delayed moratlity in infected persons.
- Embodiments of the invention include a therapeutic composition comprising a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide, or a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent, wherein the composition attenuates HIV infectivity. The binding agent may be an antibody, an aptamer, or any other known binding agent that can be selected or screened for binding to GBV-C polypeptides or fragments thereof including, but not limited to GBV-C E2 polypeptides or peptides. In certain embodiments, the antibody may be a polyclonal antibody, a monoclonal antibody or a fragment or mimetic thereof. An antibody of the invention may be a humanized antibody, human antibody, or a human mouse, or human library derived monoclonal antibody. In certain embodiments, a GBV-C peptide can be derived from a GBV-C envelope protein. In particular embodiments, the GBV-C envelope protein is an E2 protein.
- Embodiments of the invention include methods for preventing or treating HIV infection comprising administering to a subject a composition comprising a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide-binding agent. The binding agent may attenuate HIV infectivity. The binding agent may be an aptamer, an anti-GBV-C antibody, an antibody-like molecule, or other known binding agent that binds to a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide. In certain embodiments, the anti-GBV-C binding agent binds to a GBV-C E2 polypeptide or peptide. An anti-GBV-C antibody can be an anti-GBV-C E2 antibody. An antibody of the invention may be a polyclonal, monoclonal or a fragment or mimetic therof. An antibody of the invention may be a humanized antibody, human antibody, or a human mouse, or human library derived monoclonal antibody.
- In certain embodiments, methods may include administration of at least a second anti-HIV therapy. A second anti-HIV therapy may be an administration of an infectious GBV-C virus, HAART therapy, AZT therapy, or other known HIV therapies. The second therapy may be administered before, after or during a therapy comprising a GBV-C binding agent or GBV-C polypepitde or peptide. In a particular embodiment, a method may include administering the GBV-C virus before a therapeutic composition of the invention. A therapeutic composition of the invention may be administered at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more times over minutes, hours, days, weeks, months and/or years.
- Embodiments of the invention include methods of preparing an antibody or other GBV-C binding agent by immunizing a non-human animal with a GBV-C polypeptide or fragment thereof, or a GBV-C E2 polypeptide or fragment thereof, or screening recombinant human antibody libraries with the above. In certain aspects, an antigen may be a GBV-C E2 derived peptide. In particular embodiments, the peptide may include, but is not limited to, LTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6), GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:7), or FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8).
- Methods of preparing a therapeutic composition may comprise contacting a cell with a polynucleotide encoding a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent under conditions effective to allow expression of all or part of a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent; collecting the expressed GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent; and constituting the GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent in a pharmaceutically acceptable solution. The binding agent may attenuate, inhibit, and/or modify HIV. A GBV-C polypeptide or peptide binding agent may be an aptamer, an antibody, or a related molecule. An antibody or related molecule may be humanized.
- Certain embodiments include vaccines comprising an antigen derived from a GBV-C polypeptide. The antigen may be all or part of a GBV-C polypeptide including, but not limited to a GBV-C E2 polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the antigen may be a GBV-C E2-derived peptide. In particular embodiments, the peptide may include, but is not limited to, LTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6), or GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:7), or FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8).
- Embodiments of the invention include methods of immunizing a subject comprising contacting said subject with a composition comprising a GBV-C polypeptide or fragment thereof. The composition may further comprise an adjuvant. In certain embodiments, the GBV-C polypeptide is an E2 polypeptide.
- In still further embodiments, polypeptides and/or peptides of the invention may be used as competititors for HIV binding to or association with various components of the human body.
- The use of the word “a” or “an” when used in conjunction with the term “comprising” in the claims and/or the specification may mean “one,” but it is also consistent with the meaning of “one or more,” “at least one,” and “one or more than one.” Furthermore, where multiple steps of a method of process are cited, it is understood that the steps are not required to be performed in the particular order recited unless one of skill in the art is not be able to practice the method in a different order.
- Other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating preferred embodiments of the invention, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art from this detailed description.
- The following drawings form part of the present specification and are included to further demonstrate certain aspects of the present invention. The invention may be better understood by reference to one or more of these drawings in combination with the detailed description of specific embodiments presented herein.
-
FIG. 1 . Exemplary effect of E2 antibody positive serum on HIV replication. -
FIG. 2 . Example of inhibition of HIV by two E2 antibody positive sera in a dose-dependent fashion; whereas, E2 antibody negative sera does not inhibit HIV. -
FIG. 3 . IgG purified from E2 antibody positive sera inhibits HIV replication in PBMC cultures. -
FIG. 4 . IgG purified from E2 antibody positive sera inhibits HIV replication in PBMC cultures (same data shown inFIG. 3 , but represents the data as percent inhibition in HIV p24 Ag in culture supernatant fluids). -
FIG. 5 . GBV-C E2 antibody positive IgG inhibition of clinical X4 HIV strain. -
FIG. 6 . The Roche M6 monoclonal antibody inhibits HIV-1 (R5 strain) -
FIG. 7 . The Biodesign (Saco, Me.) and Virostat (Portland, Me.) antibodies also inhibited HIV-1, although not as efficiently as M6. -
FIG. 8 . A map of the epitopes identified by the Roche mAbs as described in Schmolke et al. (1998). -
FIG. 9 . A map of exemplary GBV-C epitopes (Peptide GGAGLTGGFY EPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6)). -
FIG. 10 . Illustrates inhibition of HIV-R5 by 17-merRabbit serum day 3. -
FIG. 11 . Illustrates inhibition of HIV (X4) by Rabbitanti-peptide IgG day 2. -
FIG. 12 . Illustrates inhibition of HIV (X4) by 17-merRabbit serum day 3. -
FIG. 13 . Illustrates the elution profile of P24 antigen and CPMs. -
FIG. 14 . Metabolically 35S-labeled HIV particles were partially purified by size-exclusion chromatography and incubated with either isotype control (IC) or anti-E2 McAb (concentrations indicated on X-axis). HIV-IgG complexes were immuno-precipitated using staph protein A (Pansorbin). Data represent HIV cpm precipitated by M6 (over background isotype control cpm). - Anti-retroviral medications suppress viral replication in HIV disease, yet they have failed to eradicate the virus from the body due to the multi-faceted nature of HIV infection, as well as the complexities of the immune system. Methods are being developed that both prevent infection and boost the immune system to keep it functioning at a level where it can assist in fighting HIV infection.
- Thus, embodiments of the invention provide additional methods and compositions for therapeutic and/or prophylatic treatment of HIV infection. Aspects of the invention include compositions and methods related to antigens derived from GBV-C envelope proteins, in particular GBV-C envelope protein E2 (E2). In other aspects, the invention includes compositions and methods related to antibodies and other binding agents that bind antigens derived from GBV-C proteins. In particular, binding agents, such as aptamers and anti-GBV-C antibodies that bind GBV-C E2 proteins, are contemplated. In particular embodiments, a therapeutic GBV-C binding agent is contemplated for the treatment of HIV infection. Certain embodiments of the invention include combination treatments for HIV infection using compositions of the invention in combination with other anti-retroviral or HIV therapies.
- The inventors have shown that HIV-infected subjects that are co-infected with GB virus C (GBV-C) typically have reduced mortality and slower progression to AIDS as compared to HIV-infected subjects without GBV-C co-infection. Infection of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) with GBV-C and HIV results in inhibition of HIV-1 replication. GBV-C infection typically inhibits HIV by inducing β-chemokines and reducing expression of the HIV co-receptor CCR5, explaining part of the beneficial clinical findings of GBV-C on HIV disease progression. Antibodies directed to the GBV-C virus have been noted and are typically used as a diagnostic agents, with no therapeutic use having been ascribed to them. The inventors now describe a therapeutic use for antibodies and/or binding agents that bind GBV-C proteins (e.g., envelope proteins), and antigens used for producing these antibodies or binding agents. In certain embodiments, a vaccine composition includes peptides derived from GBV-C polypeptides. In further aspects, the peptides themselves may bind to or associate with binding sites within an organism that also bind to HIV, thus the peptides themselves may be used as competitive inhibitors of HIV binding or localization in a host organism.
- Embodiments of the invention include anti-GBV-C antibodies that also attenuate the infectivity of HIV. Antibodies against the GBV-C envelope glycoprotein E2 (GBV-C-E2), derived form either passive or active vaccination, are of particular interest for attenuation of HIV. The invention concerns the observation that antibodies against GBV-C peptides and polypeptides may react with and attenuate HIV. These antibodies may be induced or administered in a pharmaceutical composition for the therapeutic or prophylatic treatment of HIV infection. Infectious GBV-C can be used in combination with the present invention for preventative or therapeutic treatments for HIV infection and related conditions such as AIDS.
- I. GBV-C Virus
- Like other members of the Flaviviridae, GBV-C is a positive-strand RNA virus that encodes a single long open reading frame (Leary et al., 1996). GBV-C does not cause acute or chronic hepatitis, yet it is the family member most closely related to HCV, the cause of hepatitis C. Sequences of GBV-C have been previously reported, for example in U.S. Pat. No. 5,874,563, which is specifically incorporated by reference. In particular, an infectious GBV-C clone has been described in the PCT application WO 01/77157, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- The GBV-C polyprotein is predicted to be cleaved into two envelope proteins (E1 and E2, referred to collectively as GBV-C envelope protein), an RNA helicase, a trypsin-like serine protease, and an RNA-dependent RNA polymerase. A major difference between GBV-C and HCV is in the amino terminus of the polyprotein. In many isolates, this region is truncated, and no core (or nucleocapsid) protein is present (Simons et al., 1995; Xiang et al., 1999). In vitro translation experiments suggest that the AUG immediately upstream of the putative E1 protein is preferentially used to initiate translation, although there may be as many as four AUG's in frame with the polyprotein upstream of this AUG (Simons et al., 1996).
- The site of GBV-C replication has not been clearly identified, but it appears that replication in the hepatocyte, if it occurs, is not the primary source of virus in infected individuals (Laskus et al., 1998; Pessoa et al., 1998; Seipp et al., 1999). Recently, there were reports that human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC's) and interferon-resistant Daudi cells are permissive for GBV-C replication (Fogeda et al., 1999; Shimizu, 1999). In addition, transient replication of GBV-C was described in MT-2 cells (a human T-cell line), and PH5CH (a human hepatocyte line immortalized with
simian virus 40 large T antigen) (Seipp et al., 1999). - II. GBV-C Polypeptides
- In certain aspects, the invention is directed to the function, activity, or antigenicity of various components of an infectious GBV-C virus or a polypeptide derived there from, in particular the E2 protein. The expression or isolation of certain GBV-C polypeptides can be used to stimulate an anti-HIV activity, including inhibition of replication, processing, neutralization, and infection. SEQ ID NO:2 and 4 represent the translated product of SEQ ID NO:1 (GBV-C polyprotein) and 3 (GBV-C E2 protein), respectively. It is contemplated that the compositions and methods disclosed herein may be utilized to express all or part of SEQ ID NO:2 or 4 and derivates thereof. In certain embodiments, compositions of the invention may include the nucleic acids encoding the peptides as set forth in SEQ ID NOs:5, 6, 7 or 8. Determination of which molecules possess or stimulate an anti-HIV response may be achieved using functional assays measuring HIV infectivity, which are familiar to those of skill in the art. In other embodiments of the invention, heterologous polypeptides may be encoded by a sequence that also contains GBV-C sequences. “Heterologous” polypeptide indicates the polypeptide is not a GBV-C polypeptide. An endogenous GBV-C polypeptide refers to a polypeptide encoded by GBV-C viral RNA. Such a polypeptide would possess the same or similar sequence as SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.
- In certain embodiments, an antigen containing a 9 amino acid sequence FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8) or derivative thereof is contemplated. In certain embodiments, an antigen comprising a 13 amino acid sequence (LTGGFYEPLVRRC, SEQ ID NO:6) or a derivative thereof is contemplated. In still further embodiments, an antigen comprising a 17 amino acid sequence (GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC, SEQ ID NO:7) or derivative there of is contemplated. The structure of the various peptides can be modeled or resolved by computer modeling, NMR, or x-ray crystallography. Peptide structures may be used to engineer derivatives of the various E2 protein sequences or to engineer other molecules to interact with the peptides, such as antibodies or other affinity reagents. Amino acids or peptides of the invention may be used as an HIV disease-modifying immunogen (vaccine). Peptides may be used to inhibit, produce, or design inhibitors of HIV (as a prototype drug), as well as being used to induce anti-HIV antibodies (as a vaccine).
- A. Variants of GBV-C Polypeptides
- Embodiments of the invention include various GBV-C polypeptides, peptides, and derivatives thereof. Amino acid sequence variants of a polypeptide can be substitutional, insertional or deletion variants. Deletion variants lack one or more residues of the native protein that are not essential for function or immunogenic activity. Insertional mutants typically involve the addition of material at a non-terminal point in the polypeptide. This may include the insertion of an immunoreactive epitope or simply a single residue. Terminal additions, called fusion proteins, are discussed below.
- Substitutional variants typically contain the exchange of one amino acid for another at one or more sites within the protein, and may be designed to modulate one or more properties of the polypeptide, such as stability against proteolytic cleavage, without the loss of other functions or properties. Substitutions of this kind preferably are conservative, that is, one amino acid is replaced with one of similar shape and charge. Conservative substitutions are well known in the art and include, for example, the changes of: alanine to serine; arginine to lysine; asparagine to glutamine or histidine; aspartate to glutamate; cysteine to serine; glutamine to asparagine; glutamate to aspartate; glycine to proline; histidine to asparagine or glutamine; isoleucine to leucine or valine; leucine to valine or isoleucine; lysine to arginine; methionine to leucine or isoleucine; phenylalanine to tyrosine, leucine or methionine; serine to threonine; threonine to serine; tryptophan to tyrosine; tyrosine to tryptophan or phenylalanine; and valine to isoleucine or leucine.
- The term “biologically functional equivalent” is well understood in the art and is further defined in detail herein. Accordingly, sequences that have between about 70% and about 80%; or more preferably, between about 81% and about 90%; or even more preferably, between about 91% and about 99%; of amino acids that are identical or functionally equivalent to the amino acids of GBV-C polypeptides, for example SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8, provided the biological activity, e.g., immunogenicity, of the protein or peptide is maintained.
- The term “functionally equivalent codon” is used herein to refer to codons that encode the same amino acid, such as the six codons for arginine or serine, and also refers to codons that encode biologically equivalent amino acids (see Table 1, below).
- Certain embodiments of the invention include various peptides and/or fusion proteins of GBV-C polypeptides, in particular GBV-C E2 protein. For example, all or part of a GBV-C and/or a GBV-C E2 protein as set forth in SEQ ID NO:2, 4, 5, 6, 7 and/or 8 may be used in various embodiments of the invention. In certain embodiments, a fragment of the E2 or other GBV-C protein may comprise, but is not limited to about 5, about 6, about 7, about 8, about 9, about 10, about 11, about 12, about 13, about 14, about 15, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, about 20, about 21, about 22, about 23, about 24, about 25, about 26, about 27, about 28, about 29, about 30, about 31, about 32, about 33, about 34, about 35, about 36, about 37, about 38, about 39, about 40, about 41, about 42, about 43, about 44, about 45, about 46, about 47, about 48, about 49, about 50, about 51, about 52, about 53, about 54, about 55, about 56, about 57, about 58, about 59, about 60, about 61, about 62, about 63, about 64, about 65, about 66, about 67, about 68, about 69, about 70, about 71, about 72, about 73, about 74, about 75, about 76, about 77, about 78, about 79, about 80, about 81, about 82, about 83, about 84, about 85, about 86, about 87, about 88, about 89, about 90, about 91, about 92, about 93, about 94, about 95, about 96, about 97, about 98, about 99, about 100, about 110, about 120, about 130, about 140, about 150, about 160, about 170, about 180, about 190, about 200, about 210, about 220, about 230, about 240, about 250, about 275, about 300, about 325, about 350, about 375, about 400, about 425, about 450, about 475, about 500, about 525, about 550, about 575, about 600, about 625, about 650, about 675, about 700, about 725, about 750, about 775, about 800, about 825, about 850, about 875, about 900, about 925, about 950, about 975, about 1000, about 1100, about 1200, about 1300, about 1400, about 1500, about 1750, about 2000, about 2250, about 2500, or greater amino acid molecule residues, and any range derivable therein.
- It also will be understood that amino acid and nucleic acid sequences may include additional residues, such as additional N- or C-terminal amino acids or 5′ or 3′ sequences, and yet still be essentially as set forth in one of the sequences disclosed herein, so long as the sequence meets the criteria set forth above, including the maintenance of biological activity (e.g., immunogenicity) where protein expression is concerned. The addition of terminal sequences particularly applies to nucleic acid sequences that may, for example, include various non-coding sequences flanking either of the 5′ or 3′ portions of the coding region.
- The following is a discussion based upon changing of the amino acids of a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide to create an equivalent, or even an improved, second-generation molecule. For example, certain amino acids may be substituted for other amino acids in a protein structure without appreciable loss of interactive binding capacity with structures such as, for example, antigen-binding regions of antibodies or binding sites on substrate molecules. Since it is the interactive capacity and nature of a protein that defines that protein's biological functional activity, certain amino acid substitutions can be made in a protein sequence, and in its underlying DNA or RNA coding sequence, and nevertheless produce a protein with like properties. It is thus contemplated by the inventors that various changes may be made in the DNA or RNA sequences of genes or coding regions without appreciable loss of their biological utility or activity, as discussed herein. Table 1 shows the codons that encode particular amino acids.
TABLE 1 CODON TABLE Amino Acids Codons Alanine Ala A GCA GCC GCG GCU Cysteine Cys C UGC UGU Aspartic acid Asp D GAC GAU Glutamic acid Glu E GAA GAG Phenylalanine Phe F UUC UUU Glycine Gly G GGA GGC GGG GGU Histidine His H CAC CAU Isoleucine Ile I AUA AUC AUU Lysine Lys K AAA AAG Leucine Leu L UUA UUG CUA CUC CUG CUU Methionine Met M AUG Asparagine Asn N AAC AAU Proline Pro P CCA CCC CCG CCU Glutamine Gln Q CAA CAG Arginine Arg R AGA AGG CGA CGC CGG CGU Serine Ser S AGC AGU UCA UCC UCG UCU Threonine Thr T ACA ACC ACG ACU Valine Val V GUA GUC GUG GUU Tryptophan Tyr W UGG Tyrosine Tyr Y UAC UAU - In making such changes, the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered. The importance of the hydropathic amino acid index in conferring interactive biologic function on a protein is generally understood in the art (Kyte and Doolittle, 1982). It is accepted that the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules, for example, enzymes, substrates, receptors, DNA, antibodies, antigens, and the like.
- It also is understood in the art that the substitution of like amino acids can be made effectively on the basis of hydrophilicity. U.S. Pat. No. 4,554,101, incorporated herein by reference, states that the greatest local average hydrophilicity of a protein, as governed by the hydrophilicity of its adjacent amino acids, correlates with a biological property of the protein.
- It is understood that an amino acid substituted for another having a similar hydrophilicity value still produces a biologically equivalent and immunologically equivalent protein.
- In certain embodiments, a GBV-C polypeptide may be a fusion protein. Fusion proteins may alter the characteristics of a given polypeptide, such antigenicity or purification characteristics. A fusion protein is a specialized type of insertional variant. This molecule generally has all or a substantial portion of the native molecule, linked at the N- or C-terminus, to all or a portion of a second polypeptide. For example, fusions typically employ leader sequences from other species to permit the recombinant expression of a protein in a heterologous host. Another useful fusion includes the addition of an immunologically active domain, such as an antibody epitope, to facilitate purification of the fusion protein. Inclusion of a cleavage site at or near the fusion junction will facilitate removal of the extraneous polypeptide after purification. Other useful fusions include linking of functional domains, such as active sites from enzymes such as a hydrolase, glycosylation domains, cellular targeting signals, or transmembrane regions.
- B. In vitro Production of GBV-C or Anti-GBV-C Polypeptides or Peptides
- Various types of expression vectors are known in the art that can be used for the production of protein products. Following transfection with a expression vector, a cell in culture, e.g., a primary mammalian cell, a recombinant product may be prepared in various ways. A host cell strain may be chosen that modulates the expression of the inserted sequences, or that modifies and processes the gene product in the manner desired. Such modifications (e.g., glycosylation) and processing (e.g., cleavage) of protein products may be important for the function of the protein. Different host cells have characteristic and specific mechanisms for the post-translational processing and modification of proteins. Appropriate cell lines or host systems can be chosen to insure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein expressed. In order for the cells to be kept viable while in vitro and in contact with the expression construct, it is necessary to ensure that the cells maintain contact with the correct ratio of oxygen and carbon dioxide and nutrients but are protected from microbial contamination. Cell culture techniques are well documented (for exemplary methods see Freshney, 1992).
- Animal cells can be propagated in vitro in two modes: as non-anchorage-dependent cells growing in suspension throughout the bulk of the culture or as anchorage-dependent cells requiring attachment to a solid substrate for their propagation (i.e., a monolayer type of cell growth).
- Non-anchorage dependent or suspension cultures from continuous established cell lines are the most widely used means of large-scale production of cells and cell products. However, suspension cultured cells have limitations, such as tumorigenic potential and lower protein production than adherent cells.
- In further aspects of the invention, other protein production methods known in the art may be used, including but not limited to prokaryotic, yeast, and other eukaryotic hosts such as insect cells and the like.
- C. Protein Purification
- It may be desirable to purify anti-GBV-C and/or GBV-C polypeptides and peptides, or variants and derivatives thereof. Protein purification techniques are well known to those of skill in the art. These techniques involve, at one level, the crude fractionation of the cellular milieu to polypeptide and non-polypeptide fractions. Having separated the polypeptide from other proteins, the polypeptide of interest may be further purified using chromatographic and electrophoretic techniques to achieve partial or complete purification (or purification to homogeneity). Analytical methods particularly suited to the preparation of a pure peptide are ion-exchange chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, exclusion chromatography; polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; isoelectric focusing. A particularly efficient method of purifying peptides is fast protein liquid chromatography or even FPLC.
- Certain aspects of the present invention concern the purification, and in particular embodiments, the substantial purification, of an encoded protein or peptide. The term “purified protein or peptide” as used herein, is intended to refer to a composition, isolatable from other components, wherein the protein or peptide is purified to any degree relative to its naturally obtainable state. A purified protein or peptide therefore also refers to a protein or peptide, free from the environment in which it may naturally occur.
- Generally, “purified” will refer to a protein or peptide composition that has been subjected to fractionation to remove various other components, and which composition substantially retains its expressed biological activity. Where the term “substantially purified” is used, this designation will refer to a composition in which the protein or peptide forms the major component of the composition, such as constituting about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95% or more of the proteins in the composition.
- Various methods for quantifying the degree of purification of the protein or peptide will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure. These include, for example, determining the specific activity of an active fraction, or assessing the amount of polypeptides within a fraction by SDS/PAGE analysis. A preferred method for assessing the purity of a fraction is to calculate the specific activity of the fraction, to compare it to the specific activity of the initial extract, and to thus calculate the degree of purity, herein assessed by a “-fold purification number.” The actual units used to represent the amount of activity will, of course, be dependent upon the particular assay technique chosen to follow the purification and whether or not the expressed protein or peptide exhibits a detectable activity.
- There is no general requirement that the protein or peptide always be provided in their most purified state. Indeed, it is contemplated that less substantially purified products will have utility in certain embodiments. Partial purification may be accomplished by using fewer purification steps in combination, or by utilizing different forms of the same general purification scheme.
- III. GBV-C Polynucleotides
- Certain embodiments of the invention include GBV-C polynucleotides or nucleic acid molecules and fragments thereof. The polynucleotides of the invention may be isolated and purified from GBV-C virus or cells infected or transfected with GBV-C polynucleotides. The term isolated indicating they are free or substantially free from total viral or cellular genomic RNA or DNA, and proteins. It is contemplated that an isolated and purified GBV-C nucleic acid molecule may take the form of RNA or DNA. A GBV-C nucleic acid molecule refers to an RNA or DNA molecule that is capable of yielding all or part of a GBV-C polyprotein from a transfected cell.
- As used in this application, the term “polynucleotide” refers to a nucleic acid molecule, RNA, or DNA that has been isolated free of total genomic nucleic acid. Therefore, a “polynucleotide encoding all or part of GBV-C” refers to a nucleic acid segment that contains GBV-C coding sequences, yet is isolated away from, or purified and free of, total viral genomic RNA and proteins; similarly, a “polynucleotide encoding full-length GBV-C” refers to a nucleic acid segment that contains full-length GBV-C coding sequences yet is isolated away from, or purified and free of, total viral genomic RNA and protein. Therefore, when the present application refers to the function or activity of an infectious GBV-C that is encoded by a GBV-C polynucleotide, it is meant that the polynucleotide encodes a molecule that has the ability to propagate an infectious GBV-C virus particle from a cell. It is contemplated that a GBV-C polynucleotide may refer to a GBV-C RNA transcript that is able to propagate an infectious GBV-C virus particle after introduction to a cell or to a GBV-C expression construct, clone, or vector composed of double-stranded DNA or DNA/RNA hybrid that is similarly capable.
- The term “cDNA” is intended to refer to DNA prepared using RNA as a template. The advantage of using a cDNA, as opposed to genomic RNA or an RNA transcript is stability and the ability to manipulate the sequence using recombinant DNA technology (See Maniatis, 1989; Ausubel, 1994). There may be times when the full or partial genomic sequence is preferred. Alternatively, cDNAs may be advantageous because it represents coding regions of a polypeptide and eliminates introns and other regulatory regions.
- It also is contemplated that a given GBV-C may be represented by natural variants or strains that have slightly different nucleic acid sequences but, nonetheless, encode the same viral polypeptides (see Table 1 above). Consequently, the present invention also encompasses derivatives of GBV-C with minimal amino acid changes in its viral proteins, but that possesses the same activities.
- The term “gene” is used for simplicity to refer to the nucleic acid giving rise to a functional protein, polypeptide, or peptide-encoding unit. As will be understood by those in the art, this functional term includes genomic sequences, cDNA sequences, and smaller engineered gene segments that express, or may be adapted to express, proteins, polypeptides, domains, peptides, fusion proteins, and mutants. The nucleic acid molecule encoding GBV-C may contain a contiguous nucleic acid sequence encoding one or more GBV-C genes and regulatory regions and be of the following lengths: about 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 441, 450, 460, 470, 480, 490, 500, 510, 520, 530, 540, 550, 560, 570, 580, 590, 600, 610, 620, 630, 640, 650, 660, 670, 680, 690, 700, 710, 720, 730, 740, 750, 760, 770, 780, 790, 800, 810, 820, 830, 840, 850, 860, 870, 880, 890, 900, 910, 920, 930, 940, 950, 960, 970, 980, 990, 1000, 1010, 1020, 1030, 1040, 1050, 1060, 1070, 1080, 1090, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, 1600, 1700, 1800, 1900, 2000, 2100, 2200, 2300, 2400, 2500, 2600, 2700, 2800, 2900, 3000, 3100, 3200, 3300, 3400, 3500, 3600, 3700, 3800, 3900, 4000, 4100, 4200, 4300, 4400, 4500, 4600, 4700, 4800, 4900, 5000, 5100, 5200, 5300, 5400, 5500, 5600, 5700, 5800, 5900, 6000, 6100, 6200, 6300, 6400, 6500, 6600, 6700, 6800, 6900, 7000, 7100, 7200, 7300, 7400, 7500, 7600, 7700, 7800, 7900, 8000, 8100, 8200, 8300, 8400, 8500, 8600, 8700, 8800, 8900, 9000, 9100, 9200, 9300, 9400, 9500, 9600, 9700, 9800, 9900, 10000, 10100, 10200, 10300, 10400, 10500, 10600, 10700, 10800, 10900, 11000, 11100, 11200, 11300, 11400, 11500, 11600, 11700, 11800, 11900, 12000 or more nucleotides, nucleosides, or base pairs. Such sequences may be identical or complementary to all or part of SEQ ID NO:1, 3 or Genbank Accession numbers AY196904 or AF070476 or segments thereof, e.g., those segments related to peptides of SEQ ID NO:5, 6, 7 or 8.
- “Isolated substantially away from other coding sequences” means that the gene of interest forms part of the coding region of the nucleic acid segment, and that the segment does not contain large portions of naturally-occurring coding nucleic acid, such as large chromosomal fragments or other functional genes or cDNA coding regions. Of course, this refers to the nucleic acid segment as originally isolated, and does not exclude genes or coding regions later added to the segment by human manipulation.
- In particular embodiments, the invention concerns isolated nucleic acid segments and recombinant vectors incorporating DNA sequences that encode GBV-C polypeptides or peptides that include within its amino acid sequence a contiguous amino acid sequence in accordance with, or essentially corresponding to GBV-C polypeptides.
- Certain embodiments include nucleic acids segments and recombinant vectors encoding polypeptides and peptides to induce or enhance immune responses in both subjects having HIV, suspected of having HIV, at risk of being exposed to HIV and/or animals or cells for the production of anti-GBV-C antibodies.
- The nucleic acid segments used in the present invention, regardless of the length of the coding sequence itself, may be combined with other DNA or RNA sequences, such as promoters, polyadenylation signals, additional restriction enzyme sites, multiple cloning sites, other coding segments, and the like, such that their overall length may vary considerably. It is therefore contemplated that a nucleic acid fragment of almost any length may be employed, with the total length preferably being limited by the ease of preparation and use in the intended recombinant DNA protocol.
- In a non-limiting example, one or more nucleic acid constructs may be prepared that include a contiguous stretch of nucleotides identical to or complementary to GBV-C. A nucleic acid construct may be about 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1,000, 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000, 9,000, 10,000, 11,000, 12,000, 13,000, 14,000, 15,000, 20,000, 30,000, 50,000, 100,000, 250,000, about 500,000, 750,000, to about 1,000,000 nucleotides in length, as well as constructs of greater size, up to and including chromosomal sizes (including all intermediate lengths and intermediate ranges), given the advent of nucleic acids constructs such as a yeast artificial chromosome are known to those of ordinary skill in the art. It will be readily understood that “intermediate lengths” and “intermediate ranges,” as used herein, means any length or range including or between the quoted values (i.e., all integers including and between such values). Non-limiting examples of intermediate lengths include about 11, about 12, about 13, about 16, about 17, about 18, about 19, etc.; about 21, about 22, about 23, etc.; about 31, about 32, etc.; about 51, about 52, about 53, etc.; about 101, about 102, about 103, etc.; about 151, about 152, about 153, etc.
- The nucleic acid segments used in the present invention encompass biologically functional and/or immunogenically equivalent GBV-C proteins and peptides. Such sequences may arise as a consequence of codon redundancy and functional equivalency that are known to occur naturally within nucleic acid sequences and the proteins thus encoded. Alternatively, functionally and immunologically equivalent proteins or peptides may be created via the application of recombinant DNA technology, in which changes in the protein structure may be engineered, based on considerations of the properties of the amino acids being exchanged. Changes designed by human may be introduced through the application of site-directed mutagenesis techniques, e.g., to introduce improvements to the antigenicity of the protein.
- A. Vectors Encoding GBV-C
- The present invention encompasses the use of vectors to encode for all or part of one or more GBV-C polypeptides, including an infectious GBV-C. The term “vector” is used to refer to a carrier nucleic acid molecule into which a nucleic acid sequence can be inserted for introduction into a cell where it can be replicated. A nucleic acid sequence can be “exogenous,” which means that it is foreign to the cell into which the vector is being introduced or that the sequence is homologous to a sequence in the cell but in a position within the host cell nucleic acid in which the sequence is ordinarily not found. Vectors include plasmids, cosmids, viruses (bacteriophage, animal viruses, and plant viruses), and artificial chromosomes (e.g., YACs). In particular embodiments, gene therapy or immunization vectors are contemplated. One of skill in the art would be well equipped to construct a vector through standard recombinant techniques, which are described in Maniatis et al., 1988 and Ausubel et al., 1994, both incorporated herein by reference.
- The term “expression vector” or “expression construct” refers to a vector containing a nucleic acid sequence coding for at least part of a gene product capable of being transcribed. In some cases, RNA molecules are then translated into a protein, polypeptide, or peptide. In other cases, these sequences are not translated, for example, in the production of antisense molecules or ribozymes. Expression vectors can contain a variety of “control sequences,” which refer to nucleic acid sequences necessary for the transcription and possibly translation of an operably linked coding sequence in a particular host organism. In addition to control sequences that govern transcription and translation, vectors and expression vectors may contain nucleic acid sequences that serve other functions as well and are described infra. It is contemplated that an infectious GBV-C particle of the present invention may arise from a vector containing GBV-C sequence or RNA encoding GBV-C sequence into a cell. Either of these, or any other nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be constructed with any of the following nucleic acid control sequences. Thus, the full-length RNA transcript may contain the benefit of recombinant DNA technology such that it contains exogenous control sequences or genes.
- 1. Promoters and Enhancers
- A “promoter” is a control sequence that is a region of a nucleic acid sequence at which initiation and rate of transcription are controlled. It may contain genetic elements at which regulatory proteins and molecules may bind such as RNA polymerase and other transcription factors. The phrases “operatively positioned,” “operatively linked,” “under control,” and “under transcriptional control” means that a promoter is in a correct functional location and/or orientation in relation to a nucleic acid sequence to control transcriptional initiation and/or expression of that sequence. A promoter may or may not be used in conjunction with an “enhancer,” which refers to a cis-acting regulatory sequence involved in the transcriptional activation of a nucleic acid sequence.
- A promoter may be one naturally associated with a gene or sequence, as may be obtained by isolating the 5′ non-coding sequences located upstream of the coding segment and/or exon. Such a promoter can be referred to as “endogenous.” Similarly, an enhancer may be one naturally associated with a nucleic acid sequence, located either downstream or upstream of that sequence. Alternatively, certain advantages will be gained by positioning the coding nucleic acid segment under the control of a recombinant or heterologous promoter, which refers to a promoter that is not normally associated with a nucleic acid sequence in its natural environment. A recombinant or heterologous enhancer refers also to an enhancer not normally associated with a nucleic acid sequence in its natural environment. Such promoters or enhancers may include promoters or enhancers of other genes, and promoters or enhancers isolated from any other prokaryotic, viral, or eukaryotic cell, and promoters or enhancers not “naturally occurring,” i.e., containing different elements of different transcriptional regulatory regions, and/or mutations that alter expression. In addition to producing nucleic acid sequences of promoters and enhancers synthetically, sequences may be produced using recombinant cloning and/or nucleic acid amplification technology, including PCR™, in connection with the compositions disclosed herein (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,906, each incorporated herein by reference). Furthermore, it is contemplated the control sequences that direct transcription and/or expression of sequences within non-nuclear organelles such as mitochondria, chloroplasts, and the like, can be employed as well.
- Naturally, it will be important to employ a promoter and/or enhancer that effectively directs the expression of the nucleic acid segment in the cell type, organelle, and organism chosen for expression. Those of skill in the art of molecular biology generally know the use of promoters, enhancers, and cell type combinations for protein expression, for example, see Sambrook et al. (1989), incorporated herein by reference. The promoters employed may be constitutive, tissue-specific, inducible, and/or useful under the appropriate conditions to direct high level expression of the introduced DNA segment, such as is advantageous in the large-scale production of recombinant proteins and/or peptides. The promoter may be heterologous or exogenous, i.e., from a different source than GBV-C sequence. In some examples, a prokaryotic promoter is employed for use with in vitro transcription of a desired sequence. Prokaryotic promoters for use with many commercially available systems include T7, T3, and Sp6.
- Table 2 lists several elements/promoters that may be employed, in the context of the present invention, to regulate the expression of a gene. This list is not intended to be exhaustive of all the possible elements involved in the promotion of expression but, merely, to be exemplary thereof. Table 3 provides examples of inducible elements, which are regions of a nucleic acid sequence that can be activated in response to a specific stimulus.
TABLE 2 Promoter and/or Enhancer Promoter/Enhancer References Immunoglobulin Heavy Chain Banerji et al., 1983; Gilles et al., 1983; Grosschedl et al., 1985; Atchinson et al., 1986, 1987; Imler et al., 1987; Weinberger et al., 1984; Kiledjian et al., 1988; Porton et al.; 1990 Immunoglobulin Light Chain Queen et al., 1983; Picard et al., 1984 T-Cell Receptor Luria et al., 1987; Winoto et al., 1989; Redondo et al.; 1990 HLA DQ a and/or DQ β Sullivan et al., 1987 β-Interferon Goodbourn et al., 1986; Fujita et al., 1987; Goodbourn et al., 1988 Interleukin-2 Greene et al., 1989 Interleukin-2 Receptor Greene et al., 1989; Lin et al., 1990 MHC Class II 5 Koch et al., 1989 MHC Class II HLA-DRa Sherman et al., 1989 β-Actin Kawamoto et al., 1988; Ng et al.; 1989 Muscle Creatine Kinase (MCK) Jaynes et al., 1988; Horlick et al., 1989; Johnson et al., 1989 Prealbumin (Transthyretin) Costa et al., 1988 Elastase I Omitz et al., 1987 Metallothionein (MTII) Karin et al., 1987; Culotta et al., 1989 Collagenase Pinkert et al., 1987; Angel et al., 1987 Albumin Pinkert et al., 1987; Tronche et al., 1989, 1990 α-Fetoprotein Godbout et al., 1988; Campere et al., 1989 γ-Globin Bodine et al., 1987; Perez-Stable et al., 1990 β-Globin Trudel et al., 1987 c-fos Cohen et al., 1987 c-HA-ras Triesman, 1986; Deschamps et al., 1985 Insulin Edlund et al., 1985 Neural Cell Adhesion Molecule Hirsh et al., 1990 (NCAM) α1-Antitrypain Latimer et al., 1990 H2B (TH2B) Histone Hwang et al., 1990 Mouse and/or Type I Collagen Ripe et al., 1989 Glucose-Regulated Proteins Chang et al., 1989 (GRP94 and GRP78) Rat Growth Hormone Larsen et al., 1986 Human Serum Amyloid A (SAA) Edbrooke et al., 1989 Troponin I (TN I) Yutzey et al., 1989 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Pech et al., 1989 (PDGF) Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy Klamut et al., 1990 SV40 Banerji et al., 1981; Moreau et al., 1981; Sleigh et al., 1985; Firak et al., 1986; Herr et al., 1986; Imbra et al., 1986; Kadesch et al., 1986; Wang et al., 1986; Ondek et al., 1987; Kuhl et al., 1987; Schaffner et al., 1988 Polyoma Swartzendruber et al., 1975; Vasseur et al., 1980; Katinka et al., 1980, 1981; Tyndell et al., 1981; Dandolo et al., 1983; de Villiers et al., 1984; Hen et al., 1986; Satake et al., 1988; Campbell and/or Villarreal, 1988 Retroviruses Kriegler et al., 1982, 1983; Levinson et al., 1982; Kriegler et al., 1983, 1984a, b, 1988; Bosze et al., 1986; Miksicek et al., 1986; Celander et al., 1987; Thiesen et al., 1988; Celander et al., 1988; Chol et al., 1988; Reisman et al., 1989 Papilloma Virus Campo et al., 1983; Lusky et al., 1983; Spandidos and/or Wilkie, 1983; Spalholz et al., 1985; Lusky et al., 1986; Cripe et al., 1987; Gloss et al., 1987; Hirochika et al., 1987; Stephens et al., 1987; Glue et al., 1988 Hepatitis B Virus Bulla et al., 1986; Jameel et al., 1986; Shaul et al., 1987; Spandau et al., 1988; Vannice et al., 1988 Human Immunodeficiency Virus Muesing et al., 1987; Hauber et al., 1988; Jakobovits et al., 1988; Feng et al., 1988; Takebe et al., 1988; Rosen et al., 1988; Berkhout et al., 1989; Laspia et al., 1989; Sharp et al., 1989; Braddock et al., 1989 Cytomegalovirus (CMV) Weber et al., 1984; Boshart et al., 1985; Foecking et al., 1986 Gibbon Ape Leukemia Virus Holbrook et al., 1987; Quinn et al., 1989 -
TABLE 3 Inducible Elements Element Inducer References MT II Phorbol Ester (TFA) Palmiter et al., 1982; Heavy metals Haslinger et al., 1985; Searle et al., 1985; Stuart et al., 1985; Imagawa et al., 1987, Karin et al., 1987; Angel et al., 1987b; McNeall et al., 1989 MMTV (mouse Glucocorticoids Huang et al., 1981; Lee et mammary tumor al., 1981; Majors et al., virus) 1983; Chandler et al., 1983; Lee et al., 1984; Ponta et al., 1985; Sakai et al., 1988 β-Interferon poly(rI)x Tavernier et al., 1983 poly(rc) Adenovirus 5 E2 ElA Imperiale et al., 1984 Collagenase Phorbol Ester (TPA) Angel et al., 1987a Stromelysin Phorbol Ester (TPA) Angel et al., 1987b SV40 Phorbol Ester (TPA) Angel et al., 1987b Murine MX Gene Interferon, Hug et al., 1988 Newcastle Disease Virus GRP78 Gene A23187 Resendez et al., 1988 α-2-Macroglobulin IL-6 Kunz et al., 1989 Vimentin Serum Rittling et al., 1989 MHC Class I Gene Interferon Blanar et al., 1989 H-2κb HSP70 ElA, SV40 Large T Taylor et al., 1989, 1990a, Antigen 1990b Proliferin Phorbol Ester-TPA Mordacq et al., 1989 Tumor Necrosis PMA Hensel et al., 1989 Factor Thyroid Stimulating Thyroid Hormone Chatterjee et al., 1989 Hormone α Gene - The identity of tissue-specific promoters or elements, as well as assays to characterize their activity, is well known to those of skill in the art. Examples of such regions include the human LIMK2 gene (Nomoto et al. 1999), the
somatostatin receptor 2 gene (Kraus et al., 1998), murine epididymal retinoic acid-binding gene (Lareyre et al., 1999), human CD4 (Zhao-Emonet et al., 1998), mouse alpha2 (XI) collagen (Tsumaki, et al., 1998), D1A dopamine receptor gene (Lee, et al., 1997), insulin-like growth factor II (Wu et al., 1997), human platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule-1 (Almendro et al., 1996). - 2. Initiation Signals and Internal Ribosome Binding Sites
- A specific initiation signal also may be required for efficient translation of coding sequences. These signals include the ATG initiation codon or adjacent sequences. Exogenous translational control signals, including the ATG initiation codon, may need to be provided. One of ordinary skill in the art would readily be capable of determining this and providing the necessary signals. It is well known that the initiation codon must be “in-frame” with the reading frame of the desired coding sequence to ensure translation of the entire insert. The exogenous translational control signals and initiation codons can be either natural or synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of appropriate transcription enhancer elements.
- In certain embodiments of the invention, the use of internal ribosome entry sites (IRES) elements are used to create multigene, or polycistronic, messages. IRES elements are able to bypass the ribosome-scanning model of 5′ methylated Cap dependent translation and begin translation at internal sites (Pelletier and Sonenberg, 1988). IRES elements from two members of the picornavirus family (polio and encephalomyocarditis) have been described (Pelletier and Sonenberg, 1988), as well an IRES from a mammalian message (Macejak and Sarnow, 1991). IRES elements can be linked to heterologous open reading frames. Multiple open reading frames can be transcribed together, each separated by an IRES, creating polycistronic messages. By virtue of the IRES element, each open reading frame is accessible to ribosomes for efficient translation. Multiple genes can be efficiently expressed using a single promoter/enhancer to transcribe a single message (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,925,565 and 5,935,819, herein incorporated by reference).
- 3. Multiple Cloning Sites
- Vectors can include a multiple cloning site (MCS), which is a nucleic acid region that contains multiple restriction enzyme sites, any of which can be used in conjunction with standard recombinant technology to digest the vector. (See Carbonelli et al., 1999, Levenson et al., 1998, and Cocea, 1997, incorporated herein by reference.) “Restriction enzyme digestion” refers to catalytic cleavage of a nucleic acid molecule with an enzyme that functions only at specific locations in a nucleic acid molecule. Many of these restriction enzymes are commercially available. Use of such enzymes is widely understood by those of skill in the art. Frequently, a vector is linearized or fragmented using a restriction enzyme that cuts within the MCS to enable exogenous sequences to be ligated to the vector. “Ligation” refers to the process of forming phosphodiester bonds between two nucleic acid fragments, which may or may not be contiguous with each other. Techniques involving restriction enzymes and ligation reactions are well known to those of skill in the art of recombinant technology.
- 4. Splicing Sites
- Most transcribed eukaryotic RNA molecules will undergo RNA splicing to remove introns from the primary transcripts. Vectors containing genomic eukaryotic sequences may require donor and/or acceptor splicing sites to ensure proper processing of the transcript for protein expression. (See Chandler et al., 1997, herein incorporated by reference.)
- 5. Termination Signals
- The vectors or constructs of the present invention will generally comprise at least one termination signal. A “termination signal” or “terminator” is comprised of the DNA sequences involved in specific termination of an RNA transcript by an RNA polymerase. Thus, in certain embodiments a termination signal that ends the production of an RNA transcript is contemplated. A terminator may be necessary in vivo to achieve desirable message levels.
- In eukaryotic systems, the terminator region may also comprise specific DNA sequences that permit site-specific cleavage of the new transcript to expose a polyadenylation site. This signals a specialized endogenous polymerase to add a stretch of about 200 A residues (polyA) to the 3′ end of the transcript. RNA molecules modified with this polyA tail appear to more stable and are translated more efficiently. Thus, in other embodiments involving eukaryotes, it is preferred that that terminator comprises a signal for the cleavage of the RNA, and it is more preferred that the terminator signal promotes polyadenylation of the message. The terminator and/or polyadenylation site elements can serve to enhance message levels and/or to minimize read through from the cassette into other sequences.
- Terminators contemplated for use in the invention include any known terminator of transcription described herein or known to one of ordinary skill in the art, including but not limited to, for example, the termination sequences of genes, such as for example the bovine growth hormone terminator or viral termination sequences, such as for example the SV40 terminator. In certain embodiments, the termination signal may be a lack of transcribable or translatable sequence, such as due to a sequence truncation.
- 6. Polyadenylation Signals
- For expression, particularly eukaryotic expression, one will typically include a polyadenylation signal to effect proper polyadenylation of the transcript. The nature of the polyadenylation signal is not believed to be crucial to the successful practice of the invention, and/or any such sequence may be employed. Preferred embodiments include the SV40 polyadenylation signal and/or the bovine growth hormone polyadenylation signal, convenient and/or known to function well in various target cells. Polyadenylation may increase the stability of the transcript or may facilitate cytoplasmic transport.
- 7. Origins of Replication
- In order to propagate a vector in a host cell, it may contain one or more origins of replication sites (often termed “ori”), which is a specific nucleic acid sequence at which replication is initiated. Alternatively, an autonomously replicating sequence (ARS) can be employed if the host cell is yeast.
- 8. Selectable and Screenable Markers
- In certain embodiments of the invention, the cells containing a nucleic acid construct of the present invention may be identified in vitro or in vivo by including a marker in the expression vector. Such markers would confer an identifiable change to the cell permitting easy identification of cells containing the expression vector. Generally, a selectable marker is one that confers a property that allows for selection. A positive selectable marker is one in which the presence of the marker allows for its selection, while a negative selectable marker is one in which its presence prevents its selection. An example of a positive selectable marker is a drug resistance marker.
- Usually the inclusion of a drug selection marker aids in the cloning and identification of transformants, for example, genes that confer resistance to neomycin, puromycin, hygromycin, DHFR, GPT, zeocin and histidinol are useful selectable markers. In addition to markers conferring a phenotype that allows for the discrimination of transformants based on the implementation of conditions, other types of markers including screenable markers such as GFP, whose basis is calorimetric analysis, are also contemplated. Alternatively, screenable enzymes such as herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (tk) or chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT) may be utilized. One of skill in the art would also know how to employ immunologic markers, possibly in conjunction with FACS analysis. The marker used is not believed to be important, so long as it is capable of being expressed simultaneously with the nucleic acid encoding a gene product. Further examples of selectable and screenable markers are well known to one of skill in the art.
- B. Host Cells
- As used herein, the terms “cell,” “cell line,” and “cell culture” may be used interchangeably. All of these terms also include their progeny, which refers to any and all subsequent generations. It is understood that all progeny may not be identical due to deliberate or inadvertent mutations. In the context of expressing a heterologous nucleic acid sequence, “host cell” refers to a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell, and it includes any transformable organisms that is capable of replicating a vector and/or expressing a heterologous gene encoded by a vector. A host cell can, and has been, used as a recipient for vectors. A host cell may be “transfected” or “transformed,” which refers to a process by which exogenous nucleic acid is transferred or introduced into the host cell. A transformed cell includes the primary subject cell and its progeny.
- Host cells may be derived from prokaryotes or eukaryotes, depending upon whether the desired result is replication of the vector, expression of part or all of the vector-encoded nucleic acid sequences, or production of infectious viral particles. Numerous cell lines and cultures are available for use as a host cell, and they can be obtained through the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), which is an organization that serves as an archive for living cultures and genetic materials. An appropriate host can be determined by one of skill in the art based on the vector backbone and the desired result. A plasmid or cosmid, for example, can be introduced into a prokaryote host cell for replication of many vectors. Bacterial cells used as host cells for vector replication and/or expression include DH5α, JM109, and KC8, as well as a number of commercially available bacterial hosts such as SURE™ Competent Cells and S
OLOPACK™ Gold Cells (STRATAGENE® , La Jolla). Alternatively, bacterial cells such as E. coli LE392 could be used as host cells for phage viruses. - Examples of eukaryotic host cells for replication and/or expression of a vector include HeLa, NIH3T3, Jurkat, 293, Cos, CHO, Saos, and PC12. Many host cells from various cell types and organisms are available and would be known to one of skill in the art. Similarly, a viral vector may be used in conjunction with either an eukaryotic or prokaryotic host cell, particularly one that is permissive for replication or expression of the vector.
- C. Expression Systems
- Numerous expression systems exist that comprise at least all or part of the compositions discussed above. Prokaryote- and/or eukaryote-based systems can be employed for use with the present invention to produce nucleic acid sequences, or their cognate polypeptides, proteins and peptides. Many such systems are commercially and widely available.
- The insect cell/baculovirus system can produce a high level of protein expression of a heterologous nucleic acid segment, such as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,871,986 and 4,879,236, both herein incorporated by reference, and which can be bought, for example, under the name M
AX BAC® 2.0 from INVITROGEN® and BAC PACK™ BACULOVIRUS EXPRESSION SYSTEM from CLONTECH®. - Other examples of expression systems include S
TRATAGENE®'S COMPLETE CONTROL™ Inducible Mammalian Expression System, which involves a synthetic ecdysone-inducible receptor, or its pET Expression System, an E. coli expression system. Another example of an inducible expression system is available from INVITROGEN® , which carries the T-REX™ (tetracycline-regulated expression) System, an inducible mammalian expression system that uses the full-length CMV promoter. The Tet-On™ and Tet-Off™ systems from CLONTECH® can be used to regulate expression in a mammalian host using tetracycline or its derivatives. The implementation of these systems is described in Gossen et al., 1992 and Gossen et al., 1995, and U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,298, all of which are incorporated by reference. - I
NVITROGEN® also provides a yeast expression system called the Pichia methanolica Expression System, which is designed for high-level production of recombinant proteins in the methylotrophic yeast Pichia methanolica. One of skill in the art would know how to express a vector, such as an expression construct, to produce a nucleic acid sequence or its cognate polypeptide, protein, or peptide. - D. Introduction of Nucleic Acids into Cells
- In certain embodiments, a nucleic acid may be introduce into a cell in vitro for production of polypeptides or in vivo for immunization purposes. There are a number of ways in which nucleic acid molecules such as expression vectors may be introduced into cells. In certain embodiments of the invention, the expression vector comprises a GBV-C infectious particle or engineered vector derived from a GBV-C genome. In other embodiments, an expression vector known to one of skill in the art may be used to express a segment of a GBV-C nucleic, which may be translated into a GBV-C polypeptide or peptide. The ability of certain viruses to enter cells via receptor-mediated endocytosis, to integrate into host cell genome and express viral genes stably and efficiently have made them attractive candidates for the transfer of foreign genes into mammalian cells (Ridgeway, 1988; Nicolas and Rubenstein, 1988; Baichwal and Sugden, 1986; Temin, 1986).
- “Viral expression vector” is meant to include those vectors containing sequences of that virus sufficient to (a) support packaging of the vector and (b) to express a polynucleotide that has been cloned therein. In this context, expression may require that the gene product be synthesized. A number of such viral vectors have already been thoroughly researched, including adenovirus, adeno-associated viruses, retroviruses, herpesviruses, and vaccinia viruses.
- Delivery may be accomplished in vitro, as in laboratory procedures for transforming cells lines, or in vivo or ex vivo, as in the treatment of certain disease states. One mechanism for delivery is via viral infection where the expression vector is encapsidated in an infectious viral particle. Several non-viral methods for the transfer of expression vectors into cultured mammalian cells also are contemplated by the present invention. These include calcium phosphate precipitation (Graham and Van Der Eb, 1973; Chen and Okayama, 1987; Rippe et al., 1990) DEAE-dextran (Gopal, 1985), electroporation (Tur-Kaspa et al., 1986; Potter et al., 1984), direct microinjection (Harland and Weintraub, 1985), DNA-loaded liposomes (Nicolau and Sene, 1982; Fraley et al., 1979) and lipofectamine-DNA complexes, cell sonication (Fechheimer et al., 1987), gene bombardment using high velocity microprojectiles (Yang et al., 1990), liposome (Ghosh and Bachhawat, 1991; Kaneda et al., 1989) and receptor-mediated transfection (Wu and Wu, 1987; Wu and Wu, 1988). Some of these techniques may be successfully adapted for in vivo or ex vivo use.
- In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid encoding a gene or genes may be stably integrated into the genome of the cell. This integration may be in the cognate location and orientation via homologous recombination (gene replacement) or it may be integrated in a random, non-specific location (gene augmentation). In yet further embodiments, the nucleic acid may be stably maintained in the cell as a separate, episomal segment of DNA. Such nucleic acid segments or “episomes” encode sequences sufficient to permit maintenance and replication independent of or in synchronization with the host cell cycle. How the expression vector is delivered to a cell and where in the cell the nucleic acid remains is dependent on the type of expression vector employed.
- Transfer of a nucleic acid molecule may be performed by any of the methods mentioned above which physically or chemically permeabilize the cell membrane. This is particularly applicable for transfer in vitro, but it may be applied to in vivo use as well.
- IV. GBV-C Related Immunotherapy
- Embodiments of the invention include various compositions and methods for stimulating, supplementing or enhancing the immune system of a subject that has or may be exposed to HIV. Immunotherapy in general is a treatment to stimulate, enhance, or restore the ability of the immune system to fight infection and disease. Immunotherapy is thus any form of treatment that uses the immune system to fight infection and disease or to protect the body from some of the side effects of treatment. Examples include active immunization, passive immunization, and adoptive immunotherapies.
- Immunoglobulins typically mediate humoral immunity by attaching to foreign antigens and activating effector modalities (e.g., complement, granulocytes, cytotoxic T-cells, etc.) to destroy and clear the antigens and also by passive inactivation, exclusion or immobilization of pathogens. Each of the five Ig isotypes possesses its own spectrum of effector systems with which it interacts via its Fc domain. The constant region isotype of the antibody is determined following T-cell mediated, Ig class-switching which endows a given antibody with the specific effector modalities of the new isotype. Administration and/or elicitation of antibodies to GBV-C derived peptides, in particular GBV-C E2, may be used as a therapeutic in various immunotherapies.
- A. Passive Immunotherapy Related to Anti-GBV-C Antibodies or Binding Agents
- Purified or partially purified anti-GBV-C antibodies or binding agents may be administered to a subject for prophylatic or therapeutic treatment of HIV. Passive immunization has been administered for several bacterial infections including pneumococcal pneumonia and H. influenza pneumonia. In pneumococcal disease it was essential to identify the infecting serotype and obtain the appropriate type specific antiserum. The problems that arose from using horse serum and the difficulty in precisely defining the serotype led to the abandonment of this procedure as soon as antibiotic therapy was introduced into clinical medicine.
- In recent years, passive immunotherapy has been used for several viral diseases such as hepatitis A, hepatitis B, polio, etc., and the use of intravenous X-globulin has grown as its applications have expanded. There have been several clinical trials with human monoclonal antibodies in various infectious diseases that document not only efficacy but also safety. It is contemplated therefore, that antibodies to GBV-C derived epitopes that have similar structural attributes to an infective pathogen, such as HIV, may be effective in either preventing infections or in actual therapy.
- Although the bulk of contemporary opinion in virology and immunology supports the prevailing paradigm that immunity to the human immunodeficiency virus is largely cellular in nature, a significant body of evidence in vaccine studies in animals suggest a pivotal role for the humoral immune system (Sawyer et al., 1990, Moore et al., 1991). In chronic viral infections, antibodies may be critical at certain stages. As such, antibodies may play a crucial role in the control of HIV-1 infections. In particular, through the use of the present invention HIV may be inhibited in its ability to infect the body, or at least the reduce the level of infection or replication.
- B. Active Immunotherapy Related to GBV-C Antigens
- Certain embodiments of the invention include the vaccination of a subject with an antigen derived from a GBV-C protein, in particular a GBV-C envelope protein, for the therapeutic or prophylactic treatment of HIV. In certain embodiments, the antigen can be all or part of the GBV-C E2 polypeptide or mimcs thereof. Appropriate mimetics may be designed base on secondary or tertiary structure of a protein or peptide. This vaccination elicits the production of antibodies, i.e. GBV-C and HIV binding agents.
- In particular aspects, anti-HIV properties may be illicited by expression or over-expression of a GBV-C antigen by an attenuated GBV-C viral vector. Anti-HIV properties will typically results in the modification of an HIV infection or the sensitivity to such an infection. Anti-HIV properties include, but are not limited to, delaying or slowing propagation of HIV; reducing viral load; reducing viral spread; reducing or limiting the severity of secondary pathologies, such as opportunistic infections and the like; preventing or reducing the probability of infection; neutralizing HIV particles; or competing with HIV binding sites on cells and in tissues and organs of a person exposed to HIV.
- Active immunotherapy involves immunization of a subject to enhance existing or to elicit novel pathogen-specific immune responses, i.e., an HIV immune response, and, for example, provide systemic anti-pathogen immunity. Immunotherapeutic vaccination is the concept of inducing or enhancing immune responses of the subject to antigenic determinants that are uniquely expressed or expressed at increased levels on pathogens or cells infected by pathogens. Antigenic determinants may be in the form of peptides, polypeptides, attenuated pathogens, and the like.
- The immune response is the way the body defends itself against microorganisms, viruses, and other potentially harmful substances or organisms. Antigens are typically molecules (usually proteins) on the surface of cells, viruses, fungi, bacteria, and some non-living substances such as toxins, chemicals, drugs, and foreign particles. The immune system recognizes and destroys substances containing these antigens.
- The immune response may be an active immune response. Active immunity develops when the body is exposed to various antigens (antigenic epitopes), such as those described herein. It involves lymphocytes, of which there are 2 main groups, B-lymphocytes, and T lymphocytes. B lymphocytes (also called B cells) produce antibodies. Antibodies attach to a specific antigen and make it easier for the phagocytes to destroy the antigen. T lymphocytes (T cells) attack antigens directly, and some T lymphocytes provide control of the immune response. B cells and T cells develop that are specific for an antigen type. When a subject is exposed to a different antigen, different B cells and T cells are formed.
- 1. B Cells
- B cells are a type of lymphocyte. The B cell produces antibodies that bind antigens. Each B cell is programmed to make a specific antibody. When a B cell encounters its antigen (along with collaborating T cells and accessory cells), it gives rise to many large plasma cells. Every plasma cell is a factory for producing antibody. Each of the plasma cells descended from a given B cell (which are all members of the same family, or clone) manufactures millions of identical antibody molecules and pours them into the bloodstream.
- A given antibody has an affinity for a particular antigen. The antibody-antigen interaction marks the antigen or the cell displaying the antigen for destruction. After the human body has recovered from a disease, B-cells produce memory cells that attack the disease-causing organism if it invades again. This second response is much quicker than the first, thus preventing symptoms of the disease from occurring. The second phase involves the formation of the memory B-cell pool and seeding of long-lived plasma cells to the bone marrow. Plasma cells are terminally differentiated and do not give rise to memory cells.
- Development of memory T cells (CD4 and CD8) may occur after activation, cells differentiate into effector T cells. Memory T cells may be generated from effector T cells. There may be two subsets of memory cells: quiescent, central memory cells that recirculate from blood to secondary lymphoid organs, and effector memory cells that migrate through tissues and deliver a very rapid response on reactivation with antigen.
- 2. Cytotoxic T Lymphocytes
- In certain embodiments, T-lymphocytes are activated by contact with an antigen-presenting cell that is in contact with an antigen of the invention.
- T cells express a unique antigen binding receptor on their membrane (T-cell receptor), which can only recognize antigen in association with major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecules on the surface of other cells. There are several populations of T cells, such as T helper cells and T cytotoxic cells. T helper cells and T cytotoxic cells are primarily distinguished by their display of the membrane bound glycoproteins CD4 and CD8, respectively. T helper cells secrete various lymphokines that are crucial for the activation of B cells, T cytotoxic cells, macrophages, and other cells of the immune system. In contrast, a T cytotoxic cell that recognizes an antigen-MHC complex proliferates and differentiates into an effector cell called a cytotoxic T lymphocyte (CTL). CTLs eliminate cells of the body displaying antigen, such as virus-infected cells and tumor cells, by producing substances that result in cell lysis.
- CTL activity may be assessed in freshly isolated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), in a phytohaemaglutinin-stimulated IL-2 expanded cell line established from PBMC (Bernard et al., 1998) or by T cells isolated from a previously immunized subject and restimulated for 6 days with dendritic cells infected with an adenovirus vector containing antigen using standard 4 hr 51Cr release microtoxicity assays. One type of assay uses cloned T-cells. Cloned T-cells have been tested for their ability to mediate both perforin and Fas ligand-dependent killing in redirected cytotoxicity assays (Simpson et al., 1998). The cloned cytotoxic T lymphocytes displayed both Fas- and perforin-dependent killing. An in vitro dehydrogenase release assay has been developed that takes advantage of a fluorescent amplification system (Page et al., 1998). This approach is sensitive, rapid, and reproducible and may be used advantageously for mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR). It may easily be further automated for large scale cytotoxicity testing using cell membrane integrity, and is thus considered in the present invention. In another fluorometric assay developed for detecting cell-mediated cytotoxicity, the fluorophore used is the non-toxic molecule alamarBlue (Nociari et al., 1998). The alamarBlue is fluorescently quenched (i.e., low quantum yield) until mitochondrial reduction occurs, which then results in a dramatic increase in the alamarBlue fluorescence intensity (i.e., increase in the quantum yield). This assay is reported to be extremely sensitive, specific and requires a significantly lower number of effector cells than the standard 51Cr release assay.
- In certain aspects, T helper cell responses can be measured by in vitro or in vivo assay with peptides, polypeptides, or proteins. In vitro assays include measurement of a specific cytokine release by enzyme, radioisotope, chromaphore, or fluorescent assays. In vivo assays include delayed type hypersensitivity responses called skin tests, as would be known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
- 3. Antigen Presenting Cells
- In general, the term “antigen presenting cell” can be any cell that accomplishes the goal of the invention by aiding the enhancement of an immune response (e.g., from the T-cell or -B-cell arms of the immune system) against an antigenic composition of the present invention or a heterologous antigen or a immunologically functional equivalent. Such cells can be defined by those of skill in the art, using methods disclosed herein and in the art. As is understood by one of ordinary skill in the art (see for example Kuby, 1993, incorporated herein by reference), and used in certain embodiments, a cell that displays or presents an antigen normally or preferentially with a class II major histocompatibility molecule or complex to an immune cell is an “antigen presenting cell.” In certain aspects, a cell (e.g., an APC cell) may be fused with another cell, such as a recombinant cell or a tumor cell that expresses the desired antigen. Methods for preparing a fusion of two or more cells is well known in the art, such as for example, the methods disclosed in Goding, pp. 65-66, 71-74, 1986; Campbell, pp. 75-83, 1984; Kohler and Milstein (1975); Kohler and Milstein (1976), Gefter et al. (1977), each incorporated herein by reference. In some cases, the immune cell to which an antigen-presenting cell displays or presents an antigen to is a CD4+ TH cell. Additional molecules expressed on the APC or other immune cells may aid or improve the enhancement of an immune response. Secreted or soluble molecules, such as for example, cytokines and adjuvants, may also aid or enhance the immune response against an antigen. Such molecules are well known to one of skill in the art, and various examples are described herein.
- The dendritic cell (DC) is the cell type best suited for vaccine antigen delivery, as they are the most potent antigen presenting cells, effective in the stimulation of both primary and secondary immune responses (Steinman, 1999; Celluzzi and Falo, 1997). It is contemplated in the present invention that the exposure of dendritic cells with a GBV-C vaccine of the invention, will elicit a potent immune response specific for the vaccine or vaccine vector of the present invention. A more detailed description of vaccines is provided below.
- C. Adoptive Immunotherapy Related to GBV-C Antigens
- In various embodiments of the invention, it is contemplated that the antigens or anti-idiotypic antibodies may be used to stimulate autologous or heterologous immunocompetent cells for the treatment of HIV. Adoptive immunotherapy is a technique that involves either removing immunocompetent cells from the body, artificially increasing the number, and returning them to the body; or artificially altering target cells to make them more immunogenic.
- Typical adoptive immunotherapy involves the administration of immunologically active cells to an individual for providing a beneficial immunological effect such as reduction or control of viral infections. The immunologically active cells are typically taken by venipuncture or leukophoreses either from the individual to be treated, termed autologous treatment, or from another individual, termed an allogeneic or heterologous treatment. The lymphocytes are then cultured to increase their number and to activate their therapeutic activity, and then infused back into the patient. Thus, the majority of conventional efforts in adoptive immunotherapy are typically directed at expanding cell numbers in vitro followed by infusion back into the patient.
- Immunocompetent cells that may be used in adoptive immunotherapy are T lymphocytes. A method for the activation of T lymphocytes to generate T-activated killer cells (T-AK) has been described as taking lymphocytes by leukophoresis or from peripheral blood, and stimulating said cells with a monoclonal antibody (MAb) to a T cell surface receptor such as anti-CD3 (soluble or solid phase bound). The T cells can be stimulated with or without the addition of one or more cytokines such as IL-2. Alternatively, T cells can be purified before stimulation with the MAb to a surface receptor. Experimentation with T-AK cells has demonstrated that CD8+ cells are responsible for the non-MHC restricted cytolytic activity seen in these cultures (Anderson et al., 1989; Loeffler et al., 1991). The ability of IL-2 to expand T lymphocytes having immune reactivity and the ability to lyse fresh autologous, syngeneic, or allogeneic natural killer (NK) cell-resistant tumor cells, but not normal cells, has resulted in the development of cell transfer therapies, such as autologous adoptive immunotherapy. Immunocompetent cells may include T lympocytes, dendritic cells, and the like.
- V. Anti-GBV-C Antibodies or Binding Agents
- Embodiments of the invention may include polypeptides in the form of antibodies, single chain antibodies and the like that bind various GBV-C polypeptides, peptides, or derivatives thereof. Means for preparing and characterizing antibodies are well known in the art (see, e.g., Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988; and Humphreys and Glover, 2001, each of which is incorporated herein by reference).
- A. Anti-GBV-C Antibody Generation
- The present invention provides therapeutic uses for anti-GBV-C antibodies. In some embodiments, monoclonal antibodies as well as polyclonal antibodies against GBV-C antigens may be used effectively in preventive and therapeutic treatment of HIV. Thus, the present invention is directed to anti-GBV-C antibody/antibodies that bind a GBV-C protein, polypeptide, or peptide, and attenuate HIV virus infectivity or replication. In particular, antibodies that bind a GBV-C envelope protein, polypeptide, or peptide are contemplated. In particular embodiments, antibodies that bind a GBV-C E2 protein, polypeptide, or peptide, as described herein, are contemplated. The invention also contemplates the use of a biologically functional equivalent of an anti-GBV-C antibody or a GBV-C antigen. The term “GBV-C protein/peptide/polypeptide” or “GBV-C antigen” is used herein to refer to a GBV-C protein, polypeptide or peptide, irrespective of whether it occurs naturally, is purified, is partially purified, or is produced by recombinant DNA methods, fusion-protein methods, protein synthesis methods or is a biological functional equivalent thereof.
- A biologically functional equivalent is molecule where modifications and/or changes may be made in the structure of the polynucleotides encoding and/or the protein molecule, while obtaining molecules having similar or improved characteristics. In context of this invention, the molecule may be either a GBV-C antigen or an anti-GBV-C antibody. The biological functional equivalent may comprise a polynucleotide that has been engineered to contain distinct sequences while at the same time retaining the capacity to encode a “wild-type” or a functional polypeptide or peptide. This can be accomplished through the degeneracy of the genetic code, i.e., the presence of multiple codons, which encode for the same amino acids. Methods for preparing such equivalents are well known in the art.
- The term “antibody” is used to refer to any antibody-like molecule that has an antigen binding region, and includes antibody fragments such as Fab′, Fab, F(ab′)2, single domain antibodies (DABs), Fv, scFv (single chain Fv or single chain antibodies), chimeras and the like. Methods and techniques of producing the above antibody-based constructs and fragments are well known in the art (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,889,157; 5,821,333; 5,888,773, each specifically incorporated herein by reference).
- 1. Polyclonal Antibodies
- A polyclonal antibody typically is prepared by immunizing an animal with an immunogenic composition (comprising a GBV-C antigen, for example) and collecting antisera from that immunized animal. A wide range of animal species can be used for the production of antisera. Typically, the animal used for production of anti-antisera is a rabbit, a mouse, a rat, a hamster, a guinea pig, or a goat. Because of the relatively large blood volume of rabbits, a rabbit is a preferred choice for production of polyclonal antibodies.
- As well known in the art, a given composition may vary in its immunogenicity. It is often necessary therefore to boost the host immune system, as may be achieved by coupling a peptide or polypeptide immunogen to a carrier. Exemplary carriers are keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH) and bovine serum albumin (BSA). Other proteins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin, rabbit serum albumin, bovine thyroglobulin, or soybean trypsin inhibitor can also be used as carriers. Means for conjugating a polypeptide to a carrier protein are also well known in the art. Exemplary methods of conjugation include glutaraldehyde, m-maleimidobencoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, carbodiimyde, and bis-biazotized benzidine. Other bifunctional or derivatizing agent may also be used for linking, for example maleimidobenzoyl sulfosuccinimide ester (conjugation through cysteine residues), N-hydroxysuccinimide (through lysine residues), glutaraldehyde, succinic anhydride, SOCl2, or R1N═C═NR, where R and R1 are different alkyl groups.
- As is also well known in the art, the immunogenicity of a particular immunogen composition can be enhanced by the use of non-specific stimulators of the immune response, known as adjuvants. Exemplary and preferred adjuvants include complete Freund's adjuvant (a non-specific stimulator of the immune response containing killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis), incomplete Freund's adjuvants and aluminum hydroxide adjuvant.
- The amount of immunogen composition used in the production of polyclonal antibodies varies upon the nature of the immunogen as well as the animal used for immunization. A variety of routes can be used to administer the immunogen (subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intravenous, and intraperitoneal). The production of polyclonal antibodies may be monitored by sampling blood of the immunized animal at various points following immunization.
- A second, booster injection, also may be given. The process of boosting and titering is repeated until a suitable titer is achieved. When a desired level of immunogenicity is obtained, the immunized animal can be bled and the serum isolated and stored, and/or the animal can be used to generate mAbs.
- 2. Monoclonal Antibodies
- A “monoclonal antibody” refers to homogenous populations of immunoglobulins that are capable of specifically binding to a GBV-C protein. It is understood that the GBV-C protein or peptide, as described herein, may have one or more antigenic determinants. The antibodies of the invention may be directed against one or more of these determinants.
- Monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) may be readily prepared through use of well-known techniques, such as those exemplified in U.S. Pat. No. 4,196,265, incorporated herein by reference. Typically, this technique involves immunizing a suitable animal with a selected immunogen composition, e.g., a purified or partially purified GBV-C antigen protein, polypeptide, or peptide. The immunizing composition is administered in a manner effective to stimulate antibody-producing cells.
- The methods for generating mAbs generally begin along the same lines as those for preparing polyclonal antibodies. Rodents such as mice and rats are preferred animals, however, the use of rabbit, sheep, goat, monkey cells is also possible. The use of rats may provide certain advantages (Goding, 1986, pp. 60-61), but mice are preferred, with the BALB/c mouse being most preferred. The BALB/c mouse is most routinely used and generally gives a higher percentage of stable fusions.
- The animals are injected with antigen, generally as described above. Following immunization, somatic cells with the potential for producing antibodies, specifically B-lymphocytes (B-cells), are selected for use in the mAb generating protocol. These cells may be obtained from biopsied spleens or lymph nodes. Spleen cells and lymph node cells are preferred, the former because they are a rich source of antibody producing cells that are in the dividing plasmablast stage.
- Often, a panel of animals will have been immunized and the spleen of animals with the highest antibody titer will be removed. The spleen lymphocytes are obtained by homogenizing the spleen with a syringe.
- The antibody-producing B-lymphocytes from the immunized animal are then fused with cells of an immortal myeloma cell, generally one of the same species as the animal that was immunized. Myeloma cell lines suited for use in hybridoma-producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render then incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas).
- Any one of a number of myeloma cells may be used, as are known to those of skill in the art (Goding, pp. 65-66, 1986; Campbell, pp. 75-83, 1984; each incorporated herein by reference). For example, where the immunized animal is a mouse, one may use P3-X63/Ag8, X63-Ag8.653, NS1/1.Ag 4 1, Sp210-Ag14, FO, NSO/U, MPC-11, MPC11-X45-GTG 1.7 and S194/5XX0 Bu1; for rats, one may use R210.RCY3, Y3-Ag 1.2.3, IR983F and 4B210; and U-266, GM1500-GRG2, LICR-LON-HMy2 and UC729-6 are all useful in connection with human cell fusions.
- One preferred murine myeloma cell is the NS-1 myeloma cell line (also termed P3-NS-1-Ag4-1), which is readily available from the NIGMS Human Genetic Mutant-cell Repository by requesting cell line repository number GM3573. Another mouse myeloma cell line that may be used is the 8-azaguanine-resistant mouse murine myeloma SP2/0 non-producer cell line.
- Methods for generating hybrids of antibody-producing spleen or lymph node cells and myeloma cells usually comprise mixing somatic cells with myeloma cells in a 2:1 proportion, though the proportion may vary from about 20:1 to about 1:1, respectively, in the presence of an agent or agents (chemical or electrical) that promote the fusion of cell membranes. Fusion methods using Sendai virus have been described by Kohler and Milstein (1975; 1976), and those using polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as 37% (v/v) PEG, by Gefter et al. (1977). The use of electrically induced fusion methods also is appropriate (Goding pp. 71-74, 1986).
- Fusion procedures usually produce viable hybrids at low frequencies, about 1×10−6 to 1×10−8. However, this does not pose a problem, as the viable, fused hybrids are differentiated from the parental, infused cells (particularly the infused myeloma cells that would normally continue to divide indefinitely) by culturing in a selective medium. The selective medium is generally one that contains an agent that blocks the de novo synthesis of nucleotides in the tissue culture media. Exemplary and preferred agents are aminopterin, methotrexate, and azaserine. Aminopterin and methotrexate block de novo synthesis of both purines and pyrimidines, whereas azaserine blocks only purine synthesis. Where aminopterin or methotrexate is used, the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine and thymidine as a source of nucleotides (hypoxanthine-aminopterin-thymidine (HAT) medium). Where azaserine is used, the media is supplemented with hypoxanthine. One preferred selection medium is HAT. Only cells capable of operating nucleotide salvage pathways are able to survive in HAT medium.
- This culturing provides a population of hybridomas from which specific hybridomas are selected. Typically, selection of hybridomas is performed by culturing the cells by single-clone dilution in microtiter plates, followed by testing the individual clonal supernatants (after about two to three weeks) for the desired reactivity. The assay should be sensitive, simple, and rapid, such as radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, cytotoxicity assays, plaque assays, dot immunobinding assays, and the like.
- The selected hybridomas would then be serially diluted and cloned into individual antibody-producing cell lines, which clones can then be propagated indefinitely to provide mAbs. The cell lines may be exploited for mAb production in two basic ways.
- A sample of the hybridoma can be injected (often into the peritoneal cavity) into a histocompatible animal of the type that was used to provide the somatic and myeloma cells for the original fusion (e.g., a syngeneic mouse). Optionally, the animals are primed with a hydrocarbon, especially oils such as pristane (tetramethylpentadecane) prior to injection. The injected animal develops tumors secreting the specific mAb produced by the fused cell hybrid. The body fluids of the animal, such as serum or ascites fluid, can then be tapped to provide mAbs in high concentration.
- The individual cell lines could also be cultured in vitro, where the mAbs are naturally secreted into the culture medium from which they can be readily obtained in high concentrations.
- mAbs produced by either means may be further purified, if desired, using filtration, centrifugation, and various chromatographic methods such as FPLC or affinity chromatography. Fragments of the mAbs of the invention can be obtained from the purified mAbs by methods that include digestion with enzymes, such as pepsin or papain, and/or by cleavage of disulfide bonds by chemical reduction. Alternatively, mAb fragments encompassed by the present invention can be synthesized using an automated peptide synthesizer.
- It also is contemplated that a molecular cloning approach may be used to generate monoclonals. For this, combinatorial immunoglobulin phagemid libraries are prepared from RNA isolated from the spleen of the immunized animal, or prom human cells derived from non-immunized individuals, and phagemids expressing appropriate antibodies are selected by panning using cells expressing the antigen and control cells. The advantages of this approach over conventional hybridoma techniques are that approximately 104 times as many antibodies can be produced and screened in a single round, and that new specificities are generated by H and L chain combination which further increases the chance of finding appropriate antibodies. A second advantage of monoclonal antibody production by screening recombinant libraries is the lack of need for immunization and a third is the ability to produce totally human monoclonal antibodies. Two commercially available anti-GBV-C E2 monoclonal antibodies have been tested for HIV-inhibitory effects on an R5 HIV strain. The M6 (Roche) was the best, but all three inhibited HIV. This was done in duplicate, and is similar to results seen in another previous experiment. The Roche monoclonal antibody has been studied for binding to E2 protein by pepscan. The antibody recognizes a linear epitope found on two overlapping peptides representing the GBV-C E2 protein. Thus, the epitope may be contained in a 9 amino acid sequence FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8). This amino acid may be an HIV disease-modifying immunogen (Vaccine). The peptide may be used to inhibit HIV (as a prototype drug), and induce anti-HIV antibodies (as a vaccine).
- Antibodies from Roche are described in Tacke et al. (1997) and Schmolke et al. (1998). For a description of epitope mapping studies see Schmolke et al. (1998). A “BD” and “VS” antibodies are commercially available monoclonal antibodies against GBV-C E2 sold by Biodesign and Virostat, respectively. Other Roche antibodies may also demonstrate these same affects, M113, and M30.
- 3. Humanized Anti-GBV-C Antibodies
- In certain embodiments of the invention, anti-GBV-C antibodies may be humanized for therapeutic purposes. Humanized mAbs are antibodies of animal origin that have been modified using genetic engineering techniques to replace constant regions and/or variable region framework sequences with human sequences, while retaining the original antigen specificity. Such antibodies can also include a humanized heavy chain associated with a donor or acceptor unmodified light chain or a chimeric light chain, or vice versa. Such antibodies are commonly derived from rodent antibodies, for example, the murine Ab of the present invention. Rodent derived antibodies may demonstrate a specificity against human antigens and are generally useful for in vivo therapeutic applications. This strategy reduces the host response to the foreign antibody and allows selection of the human effector functions.
- The techniques for producing humanized immunoglobulins are well known to those of skill in the art. For example U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,762 discloses methods for producing, and compositions of, humanized immunoglobulins having one or more complementarity determining regions (CDR's). “CDRs” are defined as the complementarity determining region amino acid sequences of an antibody. CDRs are contained within the hypervariable regions of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains. CDRs provide the majority of contact residues for the binding of the antibody to the antigen or epitope. CDRs of interest in this invention are derived from donor antibody variable heavy and light chain sequences, and include functional fragments and analogs of the naturally occurring CDRs, which fragments and analogs also share or retain the same antigen binding specificity and/or neutralizing ability as the donor antibody from which they were derived. When combined into an intact antibody, the humanized immunoglobulins are substantially non-immunogenic in humans and retain substantially the same affinity as the donor immunoglobulin to the antigen, such as a protein or other compound containing an epitope.
- Generally, a humanized antibody has one or more amino acid residues introduced into it from a source that is non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain. A humanized antibody is one in which only the antigen-recognized sites, or complementarity-determining hypervariable regions (CDRs) are of non-human origin, whereas all framework regions (FR) of variable domains are products of human genes.
- Humanization can be essentially performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., 1986; Riechmann et al., 1988; Verhoeyen et al., 1988), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such “humanized” antibodies are chimeric antibodies, wherein less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some framework region (FR) residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
- Other U.S. Patents, each incorporated herein by reference, that teach the production of antibodies useful in the present invention include U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332, which describes the production of chimeric antibodies using a combinatorial approach; U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567 which describes recombinant immunoglobin preparations and U.S. Pat. No. 4,867,973 which describes antibody-therapeutic agent conjugates.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332, which incorporated herein by reference, describes methods for the production of antibodies, or antibody fragments, which have the same binding specificity as a parent antibody, but have increased human characteristics. Humanized antibodies may be obtained by chain shuffling, perhaps using phage display technology. Human antibodies may also be produced by transforming B-cells with EBV and subsequent cloning of secretors as described by Hoon et al., (1993).
- 4. Human Anti-GBV-C Antibodies
- Embodiments of the invention may use human monoclonal antibodies in compositions and methods described herein. Human mAbs can be made using a hybridoma method. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human mAbs have been described, for example, by Kozbor (1984), and Brodeur et al. (1987).
- It is now possible to produce transgenic animals (e.g., mice) that are capable, upon immunization, of producing a repertoire of human antibodies in the absence of endogenous immunoglobulin production. For example, it has been described that the homozygous deletion of the antibody heavy chain joining region (JH) gene in chimeric and germ-line mutant mice results in complete inhibition of endogenous antibody production. Transfer of the human germ-line immunoglobulin gene array in such germ-line mutant mice will result in the production of human antibodies upon antigen challenge (Jakobovits et al., 1993).
- Alternatively, phage display technology can be used to produce human antibodies and antibody fragments in vitro, from immunoglobulin variable (V) domain gene repertoires from unimmunized donors (McCafferty et al., 1990). According to this technique, antibody V domain genes are cloned in-frame into either a major or minor coat protein gene of a filamentous bacteriophage, such as M13 or fd, and displayed as functional antibody fragments on the surface of the phage particle.
- Because the filamentous particle contains a single-stranded DNA copy of the phage genome, selections based on the functional properties of the antibody also result in selection of the gene encoding the antibody exhibiting those properties. Thus, the phage mimics some of the properties of the B-cell. Phage display can be performed in a variety of formats (Johnson et al., 1993). Several sources of V-gene segments can be used for phage display. A repertoire of V genes from unimmunized human donors can be constructed and antibodies to a diverse array of antigens (including self-antigens) can be isolated essentially following the techniques described by Marks et al. (1991), or Griffith et al. (1993).
- In a natural immune response, antibody genes accumulate mutations at a high rate (somatic hypermutation). Some of the changes introduced will confer higher affinity, and B-cells displaying high-affinity surface immunoglobulin are preferentially replicated and differentiated during subsequent antigen challenge. This natural process can be mimicked by employing the technique known as “chain shuffling” (Marks et al., 1992). In this method, the affinity of “primary” human antibodies obtained by phage display can be improved by sequentially replacing the heavy and light chain V region genes with repertoires of naturally occurring variants (repertoires) of V domain genes obtained from unimmunized donors. This techniques allows the production of antibodies and antibody fragments with affinities in the nM range. A strategy for making very large phage antibody repertoires has been described by Waterhouse et al. (1993), and the isolation of a high affinity human antibody directly from such large phage library is reported by Griffith et al. (1993).
- 5. Anti-GBV-C Antibody Conjugates
- Antibody conjugates comprising a GBV-C antibody linked to another agent, such as but not limited to a therapeutic agent, a anti-viral agent, a detectable label, a cytotoxic agent, a chemical, a toxic, an enzyme inhibitor, a pharmaceutical agent, etc. form further aspects of the invention. Antibody conjugates may be used both in in vitro diagnostics and in a variety of immunoassays.
- Certain antibody conjugates include may be for use in vitro, where the antibody is linked to a secondary binding ligand or to an enzyme (an enzyme tag) that will generate a colored product upon contact with a chromogenic substrate. Examples of suitable enzymes include urease, alkaline phosphatase, (horseradish) hydrogen peroxidase and glucose oxidase. Preferred secondary binding ligands are biotin and avidin or streptavidin compounds. The use of such labels is well known to those of skill in the art and is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,817,837; 3,850,752; 3,939,350; 3,996,345; 4,277,437; 4,275,149 and 4,366,241, each incorporated herein by reference.
- 6. Single Chain Antibodies
- The Fv portion of an antibody is a 26 kDa heterodimer consisting of the amino-terminal variable domains of the heavy and light chains, and is the smallest fragment to bear the antigen binding site. Genetically engineered single chain Fv (Fv) peptides have been synthesized by attaching the carboxyl terminus of one variable domain to the amino terminus of the other with a peptide linker. These Fv fragments have been shown to bind specific antigens, like the transferrin receptor, have been used to localize fusion proteins to targeted cells.
- VI. Anti-HIV GBV-C Vaccines
- The present invention includes methods for preventing the development of or treating AIDS in both infected and uninfected persons, as well as the elicitation or enhancement of an immune response. As such, the invention contemplates vaccines for use in active, passive, and adoptive immunization embodiments. Immunogenic compositions, proposed to be suitable for use as active vaccines, may be prepared from an infectious, conditionally replicative, or replication defective GBV-C nucleic acid. Immunogenic compositions may also be prepared from a recombinant expression construct or synthesized in a manner disclosed herein or is known in the art. Preferably the antigenic material is extensively dialyzed to remove undesired small molecular weight molecules and/or lyophilized for more ready formulation into a desired vehicle.
- The present invention, in certain embodiments, involves the use of a GBV-C antigen, for example, and E2 antigen. The antigen may also be a fragment of a GBV-C virus protein, such as a peptide (discussed above). In a particular embodiment, the antigen is contemplated that contains the 9 amino acid sequence FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8). In preferred embodiments, the antigen is contemplated to comprise the 13 amino acid LTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6). In more preferred embodiments, the antigen is contemplated to comprise the 17 amino acid sequence GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:7). This amino acid may be an HIV disease-modifying immunogen (vaccine) and/or induce anti-HIV antibodies (as a vaccine).
- A. Carrier Molecules for Vaccination Against GBV-C Antigens
- As is well known in the art, a given composition may vary in its immunogenicity. It is often necessary therefore to boost the host immune system, as may be achieved by coupling the heterologous polypeptide immunogen to a carrier. Exemplary carriers are keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH) and bovine serum albumin (BSA). Other albumins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin, or rabbit serum albumin can also be used as carriers. Means for conjugating a polypeptide to a carrier protein are well known in the art and include glutaraldehyde, m-maleimidobencoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, carbodiimyde, and bis-biazotized benzidine.
- B. Adjuvants
- As is also well known in the art, the immunogenicity of a polypeptide or peptide composition can be enhanced by the use of non-specific stimulators of the immune response, known as adjuvants. Suitable adjuvants include all acceptable immunostimulatory compounds, such as cytokines, toxins, or synthetic compositions.
- Adjuvants that may be used include IL-1, IL-2, IL-4, IL-7, IL-12, γ-interferon, GMCSP, BCG, aluminum hydroxide, MDP compounds, such as thur-MDP and nor-MDP, CGP (MTP-PE), lipid A, and monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL). RIBI, which contains three components extracted from bacteria, MPL, trehalose dimycolate (TDM) and cell wall skeleton (CWS) in a 2% squalene/
Tween 80 emulsion. MHC antigens may even be used. - Exemplary, often preferred adjuvants include complete Freund's adjuvant (a non-specific stimulator of the immune response containing killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis), incomplete Freund's adjuvants and aluminum hydroxide adjuvant.
- In addition to adjuvants, it may be desirable to coadminister biologic response modifiers (BRM), which have been shown to upregulate T cell immunity or downregulate suppresser cell activity. Such BRMs include, but are not limited to, Cimetidine (CIM; 1200 mg/d) (Smith/Kline, PA); or low-dose Cyclophosphamide (CYP; 300 mg/m2) (Johnson/Mead, NJ) and cytokines such as γ-interferon, IL-2, or IL-12 or genes encoding proteins involved in immune helper functions, such as B-7.
- VII. Anti-HIV Therapies
- In certain embodiments, therapeutic methods will include administering to a patient or subject a composition comprising an antigen or an antibody derived from a GBV-C polypeptide. In various embodiments, the treatment methods of the invention may be used in combination with other anti-HIV treatments, such as GBV-C infection as a therapeutic or preventative treatment for AIDS. For exemplary compositions and methods see PCT application WO 01/77157, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- As a therapeutic measure, a binding agent that binds a GBV-C derived amino acid molecule can be used to reduce the severity or progression of AIDS, including the prevention of AIDS in HIV-infected individuals. A reduction in severity or progression of AIDS includes, but is not limited to, prevention of or a reduction in the severity, duration, or discomfort associated with the following conditions: prolonged and unexplained fatigue; swollen glands; prolonged fever; chills; excessive sweating; swollen gums and mouth lesions; sore throat; cough; shortness of breath; constipation; diarrhea; symptoms of well-known opportunistic infections; Kaposi sarcomas; skin rashes or lesions; loss of appetite or weight loss; malaise; headaches; speech impairment; muscle atrophy; memory loss; reduced cognitive functioning; swelling of the joints; joint stiffness or pain; cold intolerance; pain or tenderness in bones; energy level; anxiety, stress, and tension; groin lump; pruritus; genital sores; blurred or decreased vision; diplopia; light sensitivity; pain in chest, sides, back, muscle or stomach; and seizures.
- As a preventative measure, a patient may be administered a pharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising a HIV neutralizing or attenuating binding agent derived from a GBV-C polypeptide. The anti-HIV GBV-C binding agent may be used in conjunction with infection of CD4+ T cells with GBV-C or a recombinant version of GBV-C to inhibit infection of these cells by HIV. Alternatively, treatment with the GBV-C compositions of the present invention may effect a combination of preventative and therapeutic treatments insofar as infection of other cells in an HIV-infected subject's body is prevented or attenuated.
- Inhibition of AIDS progression may be demonstrated by reduction of detectable HIV in the HIV-infected subject; maintaining a CD4 count above 200 for a longer than average period of time; maintaining a normal T cell count; or maintaining normal p24 antigen. The term “therapeutic benefit” or “therapeutic effect” used throughout this application refers to anything that promotes or enhances the well-being of the subject with respect to the medical treatment of his/her condition, which includes treatment of HIV-infection (before the onset of AIDS), AIDS, as well as treatment of Hepatitis C. A list of nonexhaustive examples of this includes extension of the subject's life by any period of time; decrease or delay in the progression of AIDS (HIV, as described above) or Hepatitis C; decrease in viral load of HIV or HCV; decrease in HIV replication; clearance of HIV or HCV viremia reduced transmission of HCV or HIV; decrease in liver damage or complications; and a decrease in pain to the subject that can be attributed to the subject's condition.
- A. Combination Therapies
- Of course it is understood that the method of the present invention, particularly administration of agents that bind a GBV-C amino acid molecule as treatment for an HIV-infected subject, may also be used in combination with the administration of traditional therapies. Alternatively, the compositions of the present invention may be given in combination with treatment or prevention of hepatitis C, such as α-interferon. Some such therapies are described below.
- In many clinical situations, it is advisable to use a combination of distinct therapies. Thus, it is envisioned that, in addition to the therapies described herein, one would also wish to provide to the patient more “standard” pharmaceutical anti-retroviral therapies. Examples of standard therapies are provided below.
- Combinations may be achieved by administering to a patient a single composition or pharmacological formulation that includes both agents, or by administering to a patient two distinct compositions or formulations, at the same time, wherein one composition may include a GBV-C binding agent, GBV-C antigen, or expression construct encoding a binding agent or antigen, and the other includes the standard anti-retroviral therapy. Alternatively, a GBV-C based therapeutic may precede or follow the other treatment by intervals ranging from minutes to weeks. In embodiments where the other agent and GBV-C based therapeutic are adminstered separately to the patient, one would generally ensure that a significant period of time did not expire between the time of each delivery, such that the agent and GBV-C based therapeutic would still be able to exert an advantageously combined effect on the patient. In such instances, it is contemplated that one would administer to the patient both modalities within about 12-24 hours of each other and, more preferably, within about 6-12 hours of each other, with a delay time of only about 12 hours being most preferred. In some situations, it may be desirable to extend the time period for treatment significantly, however, where several days (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7) to several weeks (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8) lapse between the respective administrations.
- It also is conceivable that more than one administration of a GBV-C based therapeutic agent will be desired. Various combinations may be employed, where a GBV-C based therapeutic is “A” and the other agent is “B,” as exemplified below:
A/B/A B/A/B B/B/A A/A/B B/A/A A/B/B B/B/B/A B/B/A/B A/A/B/B A/B/A/B A/B/B/A B/B/A/A B/A/B/A B/A/A/B B/B/B/A A/A/A/B B/A/A/A A/B/A/A A/A/B/A A/B/B/B B/A/B/B B/B/A/B - Other combinations are contemplated as well.
- 1. AZT
- A well known, traditional therapy for the treatment of AIDS involves zovidovudine (AZT™ available from Burroughs Wellcome). This is one of a class of nucleoside analogues known as dideoxynucleosides which block HIV replication by inhibiting HIV reverse transcriptase. The anti-AIDS drug zidovudine (also known as AZT) may also be used in limited circumstances, mostly in combination with rifampin, as described by Burger et al. (1993).
- The compositions and methods disclosed herein will be particularly effective in conjunction with other forms of therapy, such as AZT and/or protease inhibitors that are designed to inhibit viral replication, by maintaining desirable levels of white blood cells. This, in effect, buys the patient the time necessary for the anti-viral therapies to work.
- 2. HAART
- New combination drug therapy has shown promising results in the treatment of HIV-infected patients. Treatment with potent anti-HIV drug combinations is referred to as “highly active anti-retroviral therapy” (HAART), and it has provided clinical improvement, longer survival, and improved quality of life for people infected with HIV during all four stages of HIV disease. Examples of HAART include a protease inhibitor (indinavir, nelfinavir, ritonavir, ritonavir/saquinavir, or saquinavir) combined with two nucleoside analogs (AZT/ddI, d4T/ddI, AZT/ddC, AZT/3TC, or d4T/3TC).
- In many instances, it will be desirable to have multiple administrations of the inventive compositions and/or a vaccines, usually not exceeding six administrations or vaccinations, more usually not exceeding four vaccinations. In certain embodiments, one or more, usually at least about three administrations or vaccinations may be provided. The administrations or vaccinations will normally be at from two to twelve week intervals, more usually from three to five week intervals. Periodic boosters at intervals of 1-5 years, usually three years, will be desirable to maintain protective levels of the antibodies. The course of the immunization or treatment may be followed by standard antibody assays. The assays may be performed by labeling with conventional labels, such as radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescents, and the like. These techniques are well known and may be found in a wide variety of patents, such as U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,791,932; 4,174,384 and 3,949,064, as illustrative of these types of assays.
- The manner of application may be varied widely. Any of the conventional methods for administration of an antibody or vaccine are applicable. These are believed to include oral application on a solid physiologically acceptable base or in a physiologically acceptable dispersion, parenterally, by injection or the like. The dosage of the anti-GBV-C antibody or vaccine will depend on the route of administration and will vary according to the size of the host.
- The anti-GBV-C binding agents, GBV-C infectious nucleic acids and/or GBV-C antigens of the invention may be formulated into a pharmaceutically acceptable composition, see below, or vaccine as neutral or salt forms. Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts include the acid addition salts (formed with the free amino groups of the peptide) and those that are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups may also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like.
- The preparation of binding agent that bind GBV-C sequences as active ingredients is generally well understood in the art by analogy, as exemplified by U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,479,243, 6,399,763, 5,714,153, 5,582,981, and 4,833,077, all incorporated herein by reference. The preparation of vaccines that contain GBV-C sequences as active ingredients is generally well understood in the art by analogy, as exemplified by U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,958,895, 6,004,799, and 5,620,896, all incorporated herein by reference.
- VIII. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Routes of Administration
- Pharmaceutical compositions, including the immunoglobulins for passive immunotherapy or antigens for active immunotherapy, are typically used for prophylaxis of susceptible individuals and for the treatment of infections. A discussion of passive and active immunity and immunizing agents may be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1990. The immunity provided by passive immunization is typically not long lasting and the immunoglobulins provided leave the body tissues and fluids of the host within a comparatively short period of time, usually after one to two weeks, either by utilization by binding to the pathogen or by metabolism by the host's body. Thus, the administration of an antibody for passive immunity may be during the critical period immediately after or just prior to the predicted exposure to the pathogen or toxin such that the immunoglobulins are present when immunity is most urgently required.
- The percentage of active compound in any pharmaceutical preparation is dependent upon both the activity of the compound, in this case binding of an antibody(ies) or other binding agent, and its concentration in the preparation. Typically, such compositions should contain at least 0.1% active compound. The percentage of the compositions and preparations may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 2 to about 60% of the weight of the unit. The amount of active compounds in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
- The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy injection is possible. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. The prevention of the action of microorganisms can be brought about by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, phenylmecuric nitrate, m-cresol, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to use isotonic solutions, for example, sugars or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate, and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by sterile filtration. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the various sterilized active ingredients into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying techniques that yield a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- The present invention contemplates GBV-C antigens, anti-GBV-C antibodies, and/or infectious GBV-C nucleic acid molecules as well as infectious nucleic acid molecules encoding, in some embodiments, a heterologous sequence, collectively “therapeutic GBV-C compositions”. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions are administered to a subject. Different aspects of the present invention involve administering an effective amount of an aqueous composition. In another embodiment of the present invention, therapeutic GBV-C compositions are administered to a subject to either prevent the infection by HIV or prevent the progression of HIV infection to development of AIDS. Additionally, such compounds can be administered in combination with treatment by HAART or by administration of AZT and/or other anti-HIV drugs or drug regiments. Though typically, anti-GBV-C agent or GBV-C antigens will be administered separately from medication. Such compositions will generally be dissolved or dispersed in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or aqueous medium. Those of skill in the art are well aware of how to apply antibodies or other binding agents, as well as gene delivery to in vivo and ex vivo situations.
- The phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable” or “pharmacologically acceptable” refer to molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an adverse, allergic, or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal, or human, as appropriate. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” includes any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifingal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutical active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active ingredients, its use in the therapeutic compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active ingredients, such as other anti-cancer agents, can also be incorporated into the compositions.
- In addition to the compounds formulated for parenteral administration, such as those for intravenous or intramuscular injection, other pharmaceutically acceptable forms include, e.g., tablets or other solids for oral administration; time release capsules; and any other form currently used, including cremes, lotions, mouthwashes, inhalants and the like.
- The active compounds of the present invention can be formulated for parenteral administration, e.g., formulated for injection via the intravenous, intramuscular, intrathoracic, sub-cutaneous, or even intraperitoneal routes. Administration by i.v. or i.m. are specifically contemplated.
- The preparation of an aqueous composition that contains a compound or compounds that increase the expression of an MHC class I molecule will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure. Typically, such compositions can be prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for use to prepare solutions or suspensions upon the addition of a liquid prior to injection can also be prepared; and, the preparations can also be emulsified.
- The antibodies, binding agents, or other active compositions may be formulated as neutral or salt forms. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts, include the acid salts and those which are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups may also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like.
- The course of the treatment may be followed by assays for antibodies against antigens. The assays may be performed by labeling with conventional labels, such as radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescers, and the like. Samples for assaying may be serum samples, or they may be obtained from any mucosal surface, or body fluid, such as saliva, sputum, vaginal wash, or expectoration. These assay techniques are well known and may be found in a wide variety of patents, such as U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,791,932; 4,174,384 and 3,949,064, as illustrative of these types of assays.
- In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to provide a continuous supply of therapeutic compositions to the patient. For intravenous or intraarterial routes, this is accomplished by drip system. For various approaches, delayed release formulations could be used that provided limited but constant amounts of the therapeutic agent over and extended period of time. For internal application, continuous perfusion, for example with an anti GBV-C antibody, binding agent, antigen and/or a GBV-C viral vector which may or may not carry a heterologous nucleic acid segment may be preferred. This could be accomplished by catheterization followed by continuous administration of the therapeutic agent. The time period for perfusion would be selected by the clinician for the particular patient and situation, but times could range from about 1-2 hours, to 2-6 hours, to about 6-10 hours, to about 10-24 hours, to about 1-2 days, to about 1-2 weeks or longer. Generally, the dose of the therapeutic composition via continuous perfusion will be equivalent to that given by single or multiple injections, adjusted for the period of time over which the injections are administered. It is believed that higher doses may be achieved via perfusion, however.
- For parenteral administration in an aqueous solution, for example, the solution should be suitably buffered if necessary and the liquid diluent first rendered isotonic with sufficient saline or glucose. These particular aqueous solutions are especially suitable for intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous and intraperitoneal administration. In this connection, sterile aqueous media that can be employed will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure. For example, one dosage could be dissolved in 1 mL of isotonic NaCl solution and either added to 1000 mL of hypodermoclysis fluid or injected at the proposed site of infusion, (see for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1990). Some variation in dosage will necessarily occur depending on the condition of the subject being treated. The person responsible for administration will, in any event, determine the appropriate dose for the individual subject.
- An effective amount of the therapeutic composition is determined based on the intended goal. The term “unit dose” or “dosage” refers to physically discrete units suitable for use in a subject, each unit containing a predetermined-quantity of the therapeutic composition calculated to produce the desired responses, discussed above, in association with its administration, i.e., the appropriate route and treatment regimen. The quantity to be administered, both according to number of treatments and unit dose, depends on the protection desired.
- Antibodies or other binding agents may be administered in a dose that can vary from 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 mg/kg of weight to 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200 mg/kg of weight in one or more daily, weekly, monthly, or yearly administrations during one or various days, weeks, months, or years. The antibodies can be administered by parenteral injection (intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intracavity or transdermic). For viral vectors, one generally will prepare a viral vector stock. Depending on the kind of virus and the titer attainable, one will deliver 1 to 100, 10 to 50, 100-1000, or up to 1×104, 1×105, 1×106, 1×107, 1×108, 1×109, 1×1010, 1×1011, or 1×1012 infectious particles to the patient. Similar figures may be extrapolated for liposomal or other non-viral formulations by comparing relative uptake efficiencies. Formulation as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition is discussed below.
- In many instances, it will be desirable to have multiple administrations of the antibodies or other compositions of the invention. The compositions of the invention may be administered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more times. The administrations will normally be at from one to twelve week intervals, more usually from one to four week intervals. Periodic re-administration will be desirable with recurrent exposure to the pathogen (e.g., HIV). For example, an HIV positive mother would be re-inoculated prior to parturition from a second pregnancy.
- Dosages commonly used for formulations that provide passive immunity are in the range of from 0.5 ml to 10 ml per dose, preferably in the range of 2 ml to 5 ml per dose. Repeated doses to deliver the appropriate amount of active compound are common. Both the age and size by weight of the recipient must be considered when determining the appropriate dosage of active ingredient and volume to administer.
- Precise amounts of the therapeutic composition also depend on the judgment of the practitioner and are peculiar to each individual. Factors affecting dose include physical and clinical state of the patient, the route of administration, the intended goal of treatment (alleviation of symptoms versus cure) and the potency, stability, and toxicity of the particular therapeutic substance.
- Upon formulation, solutions will be administered in a manner compatible with the dosage formulation and in such amount as is therapeutically effective. The formulations are easily administered in a variety of dosage forms, such as the type of injectable solutions described above, but drug release capsules and the like can also be employed.
- As used herein, the term in vitro administration refers to manipulations performed on cells removed from an animal, including, but not limited to, cells in culture. The term ex vivo administration refers to cells that have been manipulated in vitro, and are subsequently administered to a living animal. The term in vivo administration includes all manipulations performed on cells within an animal.
- In certain aspects of the present invention, the compositions may be administered either in vitro, ex vivo, or in vivo. In certain in vitro embodiments, transcribed RNA from a GBV-C clone is transfected into PBMC using DEAE-dextran. The transduced cells can then be used for in vitro analysis, or alternatively for in vivo administration.
- U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,690,915 and 5,199,942, both incorporated herein by reference, disclose methods for ex vivo manipulation of blood mononuclear cells and bone marrow cells for use in therapeutic applications.
- The following examples are included to demonstrate preferred embodiments of the invention. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples which follow represent techniques discovered by the inventors to function well in the practice of the invention, and thus can be considered to constitute preferred modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
- E2 antibody serum was studied for interactions with HIV in a virus neutralization assay. In one study (
FIG. 1 ), a clinical R5 strain of HIV was incubated with a GBV-C RNA negative-E2 antibody negative serum (mock), with GBV-C E2 antibody positive-RNA negative serum (E2), GBV-C RNA positive-E2 negative serum (GBV-C), or a mixture of E2 and GBV-C sera for 1 hour at 37° C. prior to adding the mixture to PHA-IL-2 stimulated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs). After infection, cells were washed, and media was collected daily for 3 days for testing for HIV p24 antigen (p24 Ag) in culture supernatant by ELISA. HIV p24 Ag was measured, and the percent inhibition determined by dividing the concentration present in the test sample by the HIV-mock infected control sample. The baseline HIV p24 Ag was determined using the “mock”-HIV mixture, and significant inhibition of HIV replication (as measured by p24 Ag production into culture supernatant fluids) was observed when E2-positive sera was mixed with HIV, although this inhibition declined each day. Similarly, when GBV-C RNA-positive sera (and GBV-C replication) was mixed with HIV, the HIV replication was inhibited to a greater extent than with E2 antiserum alone, and the mixture of E2 and GBV-C RNA positive sera gave the greatest extent of HIV inhibition. - Reproducibility was determined by performing additional studies. Two additional GBV-C E2 antibody positive (RNA negative) sera (isolates 55 and 9 respectively) and two E2 antibody negative (and RNA negative) sera (
negative control sera 1 and 2) were studied for their ability to decrease replication of the R5 HIV strain. A clinical isolate was used for this study. In addition, diluted sera at 1:10, 1:100, and 1:1,000 were used to determine if there was a dose-response relationship between the concentration of serum and the extent of HIV inhibition. After washing the PBMCs, sera was maintained in the culture media throughout the experiment, and infections were monitored onday 3 for HIV p24 Ag production in culture supernatant.FIG. 2 . Illustrates that HIV is inhibited by two E2 antibody positive sera in a dose-dependent fashion; whereas, E2 antibody negative sera do not inhibit HIV. - To determine if the inhibitory substance in the GBV-C E2 antibody-positive sera was antibody, IgG from four E2 antibody-positive sera and two E2 antibody-negative sera were purified by protein G column chromatography. HIV was mixed with a “no antibody” control (No Ab), or with 5 μg/ml of an E2 antibody negative control (NC-2) or E2 positive controls. The mixtures were applied to PBMCs, and after washing the HIV inocula, the cognate IgGs were maintained in the culture media. The raw p24 Ag results are shown in
FIG. 3 , and the percent HIV p24 Ag inhibition is shown inFIG. 4 . - Studies were performed to determine if E2 antibody-positive serum inhibited X4 strains of HIV. Using the same experimental design as used for
FIGS. 3 and 4 , IgG preparations from E2-negative and -positive IgG preparations were studied for their ability to inhibit a clinical X4 HIV strain in PHA-IL-2 PBMC cultures. Similar to the R5 strain, the X4 strain was inhibited by GBV-C E2-positive IgG, but not GBV-C E2-negative IgG (FIG. 5 ). - Since R5 viruses utilize CCR5 as their co-receptor, and X4 viruses utilize CXCR4 as their co-receptor, GBV-C E2 antibody inhibition indicates that they are cross-reacting with a conserved epitope on HIV that inhibits HIV replication, and that this epitope is on both co-receptor usage types of HIV. Since the epidemiological data indicates that E2 antibody is associated with prolonged survival in Germany, France, and the United States, this interaction has promise for HIV strains widely distributed worldwide.
- Commercially available anti-GBV-C E2 monoclonal antibodies from Biodesign and Virostat, and one suppplied by Roche were tested for HIV-inhibitory effects. Inhibition of an R5 HIV strain was detected when using all three antibodies, with M6 (Roche) being the best. Studies were performed in duplicate, and are similar to results seen in another previous study. The Roche monoclonal antibody binding to E2 protein has been studied using pepscan. M6 recognizes a linear epitope found on two overlapping peptides representing the GBV-C E2 protein. Thus, an epitope is contained in a 9 amino acid sequence of FYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:8) or in a 17 amino acid sequence of GGAGLTGGFYEPLVRRC (SEQ ID NO:6). This amino acid sequence may be an HIV disease-modifying immunogen (vaccine).
-
FIG. 6 demonstrates that the Roche M6 monoclonal antibody inhibits HIV-1 (R5 strain). HIV was mixed with M6 antibody or an isotype control antibody (range of concentrations, as shown) for 1 hr at 37° C., then added to PBMC cultures. Four hrs later, cells were washed, and media was added to cells (media containing either M6 or IC). Culture supernatants were collected onday 3 post-infection and HIV p24 antigen determined. Percent inhibition was determined by dividing the p24 antigen concentration in the M6 culture superantant by the Isotype control p24 antigen concentration. This value was subtracted from 1, and the result was multiplied ×100. -
FIG. 7 demonstrates that the biodesign and virostat antibodies also inhibited HIV-1, although not as efficiently as M6.FIG. 8 is a predicted map of the epitopes identified by the Roche mAbs as described in Schmolke et al. (1998). M3 inhibits all of the groups of antibodies. M6 was the only antibody to react with a linear peptide in a PEPSCAN analysis. Antibodies against this M6 epitope were found to not appear to be elicited during GBV-C infection. - To determine if the peptide antigen shown to react with the anti-GBV-C E2 (M6) monoclonal antibody was antigenic and if it exhibited anti-HIV activity, the inventors conjugated the 17 amino acid peptide to KLH) and immunized 2 New Zealand White rabbits (commercially done by InVitrogen). IgG was purified from serum collected pre-immunization and at 8 weeks (following immunization and 2 boosts). Pre-immune and post-immune anti-GBV-C E2 peptide rabbit IgG was incubated with R5 and X4 HIV for 1 hour, and then added to primary PBMCs for 3 hours. Cells were then washed, and maintained in media containing either pre-immune or post-immune IgG. HIV production into culture supernatant was measured by p24 antigen, and the post-immune IgG reproducibly reduced HIV infectivity in both R5 and X4 viruses (
FIGS. 10, 11 , and 12). All experiments were performed in triplicate, and the reduction in p24 antigen levels by post-immune IgG were all statistically significant at the P<0.05 level. These studies demonstrate that anti-GBV-C E2 peptide antibody inhibits HIV. - To determine if the anti-E2 antibodies cross-react with HIV, the inventors infected GHOST CD4+ cells (Cecilia et al., 1998) with an R5 HIV isolate, and then grew the cells in methionine free media supplemented with 35S-methionine. Virus released into the culture supernatant was partially purified by size-exclusion chromatography (
FIG. 13 ). The p24 antigen positive peak represents radiolabeled HIV particles, and SDS-PAGE demonstrated many 35S-labeled proteins, including proteins with relative molecular weights of 41 kD, 120 kD, and 160 kD consistent with HIV structural proteins (data not shown). The 35S-labeled material was incubated in normal mouse IgG overnight at 4° C., and material reacting with IgG non-specifically was removed by precipitation with staph protein A (pansorbin). The supernatant was then incubated with either normal mouse IgG or murine anti-GBV-C E2 monoclonal antibody overnight (at various concentrations) at 4° C. Immune complexes were then precipitated using pansorbin, and the pelleted IgG-HIV complexes were washed extensively. Following washing, radiolabeled material was released by adding SDS and boiling, and cpm released was counted.FIG. 14 demonstrates results for M6 antibody, showing a dose-dependent precipitation of radiolabled HIV particles. Other anti-GBV-C E2 antibodies (including Biodesign, Virostat, M3, M5) immunoprecipitated HIV particles. For a positive control, a human anti-HIV monoclonal antibody and human HIV-negative antibodies were also tested, and confirmed that anti-HIV antibodies precipitated the radiolabeled HIV particles (data not shown). - All of the compositions and methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this invention have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and methods and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the method described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the invention. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents that are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the invention as defined by the appended claims.
- The following references, to the extent that they provide exemplary procedural or other details supplementary to those set forth herein, are specifically incorporated herein by reference.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,922,574
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,275,149
- U.S. Pat. No. 3,791,932
- U.S. Pat. No. 3,817,837
- U.S. Pat. No. 3,850,752
- U.S. Pat. No. 3,939,350
- U.S. Pat. No. 3,949,064
- U.S. Pat. No. 3,996,345
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,174,384
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,196,265
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,277,437
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,366,241
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,554,101
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,195
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,683,202
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,690,915
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,800,159
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,833,077
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,867,973
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,879,236
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,883,750
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,773
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,199,942
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,279,721
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,354,855
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,359,046
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,565,332
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,582,981
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,620,896
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,298
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,693,762
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,153
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,873
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,640
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,650
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,651
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,843,663
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,708
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,709
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,717
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,726
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,729
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,846,783
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,481
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,483
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,486
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,487
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,497
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,546
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,849,547
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,851,770
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,851,772
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,853,990
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,853,992
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,853,993
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,856,092
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,858,652
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,861,244
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,863,732
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,863,753
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,331
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,336
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,337
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,866,366
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,871,986
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,874,563
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,882,864
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,900,481
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,905,024
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,910,407
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,124
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,145
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,912,148
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,776
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,779
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,919,626
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,919,630
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,925,517
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,925,525
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,925,565
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,862
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,869
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,870
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,905
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,928,906
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,929,227
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,413
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,932,451
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,935,791
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,935,819
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,935,825
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,939,291
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,942,391
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,958,895
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,004,799
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,399,763
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,479,243
- European Application 03089
- European Application 320 308
- European Application 329 822
-
GB Application 2 202 328 - PCT Application PCT/US87/00880
- PCT Application PCT/US89/01025
- PCT Application WO 01/77157
- PCT Application WO 88/10315
- PCT Application WO 91/00360
- PCT Application WO 92/200373
- PCT Application WO 93/06213
- PCT Application WO 93/08829
- Akiyoshi et al., Am. J. Gastroenterol., 94:1627-1631, 1999.
- Almendro, et al., J Immunol., 157(12):5411-21, 1996.
- Alter et al., N. Engl. J. Med., 336:741-746. 1997a.
- Alter et al., N. Engl. J. Med., 336:747-754. 1997b.
- Anderson et al., J. Immunol., 142, 1383, 1989.
- Angel et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 7:2256, 1987a.
- Angel et al., Cell, 49:729, 1987b.
- Atchison and Perry, Cell, 46:253, 1986.
- Atchison and Perry, Cell, 48:121, 1987.
- Ausubel et al., In: Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates and Wiley Interscience, NY, 1989.
- Baichwal and Sugden, In: Gene Transfer, Kucherlapati (Ed.), NY, Plenum Press, 117-148, 1986.
- Banerji et al., Cell, 27(2 Pt 1):299-308, 1981.
- Banerji et al., Cell, 33(3):729-740, 1983.
- Bedzyk et al., J. Biol. Chem., 265:18615, 1990
- Berkhout et al., Cell, 59:273-282, 1989.
- Blanar et al., EMBO J., 8:1139, 1989.
- Bodine and Ley, EMBO J., 6:2997, 1987.
- Boshart et al., Cell, 41:521, 1985.
- Bosze et al., EMBO J., 5(7):1615-1623, 1986.
- Braddock et al., Cell, 58:269, 1989.
- Brodeur et al., In: Monoclonal antibody production techniques and applications, Marcel Dekker, Inc., NY, 51-63, 1987.
- Bukh et al., J. Inf. Dis., 177:855-862, 1998.
- Bulla and Siddiqui, J. Virol., 62:1437, 1986.
- Burbage et al., Leuk Res, 21(7):681-690, 1997.
- Burger et al., Antimicrob Agents Chemother., 37(7):1426-31, 1993.
- Burton and Woof, Adv. Immunol., 51:1-84, 1992.
- Campbell and Villarreal, Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:1993, 1988.
- Campbell, In: Monoclonal Antibody Technology, Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Burden and Von Knippenberg (Eds.), Elseview, Amsterdam, 13:71-74/75-83, 1984.
- Campere and Tilghman, Genes and Dev., 3:537, 1989.
- Campo et al., Nature, 303:77, 1983.
- Carbonell et al., FEMS Microbiol. Lett., 177(1):75-82, 1999.
- Cecilia et al., Journal of Virology, 72(9):6988-96, 1998.
- Celander and Haseltine, J. Virology, 61:269, 1987.
- Celander et al., J. Virology, 62:1314, 1988.
- Chandler et al., Cell, 33:489, 1983.
- Chandler et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 94(8):3569-601, 1997.
- Chang et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:2153, 1989.
- Chatterjee et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 86:9114, 1989.
- Chaudhary et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci., 87:9491, 1990
- Chen and Okayama, Mol. Cell Biol., 7:2745-2752, 1987.
- Choi et al., Cell, 53:519, 1988.
- Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628, 1991.
- Cocea, Biotechniques, 23(5):814-6, 1997.
- Cohen et al., J. Cell. Physiol., 5:75, 1987.
- Costa et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:81, 1988.
- Cripe et al., EMBO J., 6:3745, 1987.
- Culotta and Hamer, Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:1376, 1989.
- Dandolo et al., J. Virology, 47:55-64, 1983.
- Dawson et al., J. Med. Virol. 50:97-103, 1996.
- de Martino et al., J. Infect. Dis., 178:862-865, 1998.
- De Villiers et al., Nature, 312(5991):242-246, 1984.
- Deacon et al., Science 270:988-991, 1995.
- Deschamps et al., Science, 230:1174-1177, 1985.
- Easterbrook, J. Infect. 38:71-73, 1999.
- Edbrooke et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:1908, 1989.
- Edlund et al., Science, 230:912-916, 1985.
- Elvander et al., Acta. Vet. Scand. 39:251-264, 1998.
- Fechheimer et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA, 84:8463-8467, 1987.
- Feng and Holland, Nature, 334:6178, 1988.
- Feucht et al., Hepatology, 26:491-494, 1997.
- Firak and Subramanian, Mol. Cell. Biol., 6:3667, 1986.
- Foecking and Hofstetter, Gene, 45(1):101-105, 1986.
- Fogeda et al., J. Virol. 73:4052-4061, 1999.
- Forster and Symons, Cell, 49:211-220, 1987.
- Fraley et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 76:3348-3352, 1979.
- Freshney, In: Animal Cell Culture: a Practical Approach, Second Edition, Oxford/NY, IRL Press, Oxford University Press, 1992.
- Fujita et al., Cell, 49:357, 1987.
- Gale, Jr. et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 18:5208-5218, 1998
- Gefter et al., Somatic Cell Genet., 3(2):231-6, 1977.
- Ghosh and Bachhawat, In: Liver diseases, targeted diagnosis and therapy using specific receptors and ligands, (Wu G, Wu C ed.), NY, Marcel Dekker, 87-104, 1991.
- Gilles et al., Cell, 33:717, 1983.
- Gloss et al., EMBO J., 6:3735, 1987.
- Godbout et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:1169, 1988.
- Goding et al., In: Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Practice, 2d ed., Orlando, Fla., Academic Press, 60-61, 65-66, 71-74, 1986.
- Goodbourn and Maniatis, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 85:1447, 1988.
- Goodbourn et al., Cell, 45:601, 1986.
- Gopal, Mol. Cell Biol., 5:1188-1190, 1985.
- Gossen et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:5547-5551, 1992.
- Gossen et al., Science, 268:1766-69, 1995.
- Graham and Van Der Eb, Virology, 52:456-467, 1973.
- Greene et al., Immunology Today, 10:272, 1989
- Griffith et al., EMBO J., 12:725-734, 1993.
- Grosschedl and Baltimore, Cell, 41:885, 1985.
- Harland and Weintraub, J. Cell Biol., 101:1094-1099, 1985.
- Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988.
- Haslinger and Karin, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:8572, 1985.
- Hauber and Cullen, J. Virology, 62:673, 1988.
- Hen et al., Nature, 321:249, 1986.
- Hensel et al., Lymphokine Res., 8:347, 1989.
- Herr and Clarke, Cell, 45:461, 1986.
- Hirochika et al., J. Virol., 61:2599, 1987.
- Hirsch et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:1959, 1990.
- Holbrook et al., Virology, 157:211, 1987.
- Hoon et al., J. Urol., 150(6):2013-2018, 1993.
- Horlick and Benfield, Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:2396, 1989.
- Huang et al., Cell, 27:245, 1981.
- Huang et al., Nature Med., 2:1240-1243, 1996.
- Hug et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:3065, 1988.
- Humphreys and Glover, Curr Opin Drug Discov Devel., 4(2):172-185, 2001.
- Hwang et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:585, 1990.
- Imagawa et al., Cell, 51:251, 1987.
- Imbra and Karin, Nature, 323:555, 1986.
- Imler et al., Mol. Cell. Biol, 7:2558, 1987.
- Imperiale and Nevins, Mol. Cell. Biol., 4:875, 1984.
- Jakobovits et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:2555, 1988.
- Jakobovits et al., Nature 362, 255-258, 1993.
- Jameel and Siddiqui, Mol. Cell. Biol., 6:710, 1986.
- Jaynes et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:62, 1988.
- Johnson et al., In: Biotechnology And Pharmacy, Pezzuto et al., (Eds.), Chapman and Hall, NY, 1993.
- Johnson et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:3393, 1989.
- Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525, 1986.
- Kadesch and Berg, Mol. Cell. Biol., 6:2593, 1986.
- Kaneda et al., Science, 243:375-378, 1989.
- Karin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 7:606, 1987.
- Karin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 7:606, 1987.
- Katinka et al., Cell, 20:393, 1980.
- Kawamoto et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:267, 1988.
- Kiledjian et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:145, 1988.
- Klamut et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 10: 193, 1990.
- Koch et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:303, 1989.
- Kohler and Milstein, Eur. J. Immunol., 6:511-519, 1976.
- Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256:495-497, 1975.
- Kozbor, J. Immunol., 133:3001, 1984.
- Kraus et al., FEBS Lett., 428(3):165-70, 1998.
- Kriegler and Botchan, In: Eukaryotic Viral Vectors, Y. Gluzman, ed., Cold Spring Harbor: Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, NY, 1982.
- Kriegler and Botchan, Mol. Cell. Biol., 3:325, 1983.
- Kriegler et al., Cell, 38:483, 1984.
- Kriegler et al., Cell, 53:45, 1988.
- Kuhl et al., Cell, 50:1057, 1987.
- Kunz et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 17:1121, 1989.
- Kwoh et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 86(4):1173-1177, 1989.
- Kyte and Doolittle, J. Mol. Biol., 157:105-132, 1982.
- Lareyre, et al., J. Bio. Chem., 274(12):8282-90, 1999.
- Larsen et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA., 83:8283, 1986.
- Laskus et al., J. Virol., 72:3072-3075. 1998.
- Laspia et al., Cell, 59:283, 1989.
- Latimer et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:760, 1990.
- Leary et al., J. Med. Virol., 48:60-67. 1996.
- Lee et al., Mol. Endocrinol., 2: 404-411, 1988.
- Lee et al., Nature, 294:228, 1981.
- Lee et al., Nucleic Acids Res., 12:4191-206, 1984.
- Lefrère et al., J. Infect. Dis., 179:783-789, 1999.
- Levenson et al., Hum. Gene Ther., 9(8):1233-6, 1998.
- Levinson et al., Nature, 295:79, 1982.
- Lidor et al., Am. J. Obstet. Gynecol., 177(3):579-585, 1997.
- Lin et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:850, 1990.
- Linnen et al., Science, 271:505-508. 1996.
- Loeffler et al., Cancer Res., 51:2127, 1991.
- Luria et al., EMBO J., 6:3307, 1987.
- Lusky and Botchan, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 83:3609, 1986.
- Lusky et al., Mol. Cell. Biol. 3:1108, 1983.
- Macejak et al., Nature, 353:90-94, 1991.
- Majors and Varmus, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 80:5866, 1983.
- Maniatis, et al., Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988.
- Marks et al., Bio/Technol., 10:779-783, 1992.
- Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597, 1991.
- Massuda et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 94(26):14701-14706, 1997.
- McCafferty et al., Nature, 348:552-553, 1990.
- McNeall et al., Gene, 76:81, 1989.
- Miksicek et al., Cell, 46:203, 1986.
- Millstein and Cuello, Nature, 305:537-539, 1983.
- Moore et al., N. Engl. J. Med., 324(20):1412-1416, 1991.
- Mordacq and Linzer, Genes and Dev., 3:760, 1989.
- Moreau et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 9:6047, 1981.
- Muesing et al., Cell, 48:691, 1987.
- Nerurkar et al., J. Med. Virol., 56:123-127, 1998.
- Ng et al., Nuc. Acids Res., 17:601, 1989.
- Nicolas and Rubenstein, In: Vectors: A survey of molecular cloning vectors and their uses, Rodriguez and Denhardt (eds.), Stoneham: Butterworth, 493-513, 1988.
- Nicolau and Sene, Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 721:185-190, 1982.
- Nomoto et al., Gene, 236(2):259-271, 1999.
- Okamoto et al., J. Gen. Virol., 78:737-745. 1997.
- Ondek et al., EMBO J., 6:1017, 1987.
- Ornitz et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 7:3466, 1987.
- Palmiter et al., Nature, 300:611, 1982.
- Pech et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:396, 1989.
- Pelletier et al., Nature, 334(6180):320-325, 1988.
- Perez-Stable and Constantini, Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:1116, 1990.
- Pessoa et al., Hepatol., 27:877-880, 1998.
- Picard and Schaffner, Nature, 307:83, 1984.
- Pinkert et al., Genes and Dev., 1:268, 1987.
- Ponta et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 82:1020, 1985.
- Porton et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:1076, 1990.
- Potter et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA, 81:7161-7165, 1984.
- Queen and Baltimore, Cell, 35:741, 1983.
- Quinn et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:4713, 1989.
- Redondo et al., Science, 247:1225, 1990.
- Reisman and Rotter, Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:3571, 1989.
- Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Ed. Mack Printing Company, 1389-1404, 1990,
- Resendez Jr. et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:4579, 1988.
- Ridgeway, In: Vectors: A survey of molecular cloning vectors and their uses, Rodriguez and Denhardt (Eds.), Stoneham:Butterworth, 467-492, 1988.
- Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327, 1988.
- Rinaldo, Jr. et al., Infect. Immun., 14:660-666, 1976.
- Ripe et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:2224, 1989.
- Rippe et al., Mol. Cell Biol., 10:689-695, 1990.
- Rittling et al., Nuc. Acids Res., 17:1619, 1989.
- Robertson et al., Arch. Virol., 143:2493-2503, 1998.
- Rosen et al., Cell, 41:813, 1988.
- Rowland-Jones, J. Infect., 38:67-70, 1999.
- Sabin et al., J. Acquir. Immune Defic. Syndr., 19:546-547, 1998.
- Sakai et al., Genes and Dev., 2:1144, 1988.
- Sambrook et al., In: Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Vol. 1, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 7(7)19-17.29, 1989.
- Satake et al., J. Virology, 62:970, 1988.
- Sawyer et al., AIDS Res. Hum. Retroviruses, 6(3):341-356, 1990.
- Schaffner et al., J. Mol. Biol., 201:81, 1988.
- Schmolke et al., J. Virol., 72(5):4541-5, 1998.
- Searle et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 5:1480, 1985.
- Seipp et al., J. Hepatol., 30:570-579, 1999.
- Sharp and Marciniak, Cell, 59:229, 1989.
- Shaul and Ben-Levy, EMBO J., 6:1913, 1987.
- Sherman et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:50, 1989.
- Shimizu, J. Virol., 73:8411-8414, 1999.
- Simons et al., J. Virol., 70:6126-6135. 1996.
- Simons et al., Nature Med., 1:564-569, 1995a.
- Simons et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 92:3401-3405, 1995b.
- Sleigh and Lockett, J. EMBO, 4:3831, 1985.
- Spalholz et al., Cell, 42:183, 1985.
- Spandau and Lee, J. Virology, 62:427, 1988.
- Spandidos and Wilkie, EMBO J., 2:1193, 1983.
- Stephens and Hentschel, Biochem. J., 248:1, 1987.
- Stuart et al., Nature, 317:828, 1985.
- Sullivan and Peterlin, Mol. Cell. Biol., 7:3315, 1987.
- Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology, 121:210-228, 1986.
- Swartzendruber and Lehman, J. Cell. Physiology, 85:179, 1975.
- Tacke et al., Hepatol., 26:1626-1633, 1997.
- Takebe et al., Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:466, 1988.
- Tanaka et al., J. Hepatol., 27:1110-1112, 1997.
- Tavernier et al., Nature, 301:634, 1983.
- Taylor and Kingston, Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:165, 1990a.
- Taylor and Kingston, Mol. Cell. Biol., 10:176, 1990b.
- Taylor et al., J. Biol. Chem., 264:15160, 1989.
- Taylor et al., Science 285:107-110, 1999.
- Temin, In: Gene Transfer, Kucherlapati (ed.), NY: Plenum Press, 149-188, 1986.
- Thiesen et al., J. Virology, 62:614, 1988.
- Thomas et al., J. Infect. Dis., 177:539-542, 1998.
- Toyoda et al., J. Acquir. Immune Defic. Syndr., 17:209-213, 1998.
- Traunecker et al., EMBO, 10:3655-3659, 1991.
- Treisman, Cell, 42:889, 1985.
- Tronche et al., Mol. Biol. Med., 7:173, 1990.
- Trudel and Constantini, Genes and Dev., 6:954, 1987.
- Tsumaki et al., J. Biol. Chem., 273(36):22861-22864, 1998.
- Tur-Kaspa et al., Mol. Cell Biol., 6:716-718, 1986.
- Tyndell et al., Nuc. Acids. Res., 9:6231, 1981.
- Vannice and Levinson, J. Virology, 62:1305, 1988.
- Vasseur et al., Proc Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:1068, 1980.
- Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536, 1988.
- Wang and Calame, Cell, 47:241, 1986.
- Waterhouse et al., Nucl. Acids Res., 21:2265-2266, 1993.
- Weber et al., Cell, 36:983, 1984.
- Weinberger et al. Mol. Cell. Biol., 8:988, 1984.
- Winoto and Baltimore, Cell, 59:649, 1989.
- Wu and Wu, Biochem., 27:887-892, 1988.
- Wu and Wu, J. Biol. Chem., 262:4429-4432, 1987.
- Wu et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun., 233(1):221-6, 1997.
- Wu et al., J. Med. Virol., 52:83-85. 1997.
- Xiang et al., J. Viral Hepat., 6:S16-S22, 1999.
- Yang et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci USA, 87:9568-9572, 1990.
- Yutzey et al. Mol. Cell. Biol., 9:1397, 1989.
- Zhao-Emonet, et al., Biochim. Biophys. Acta, 1442(2-3):109-19, 1998.
Claims (40)
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/862,061 US20050118181A1 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2004-06-04 | GB virus C (hepatitis G virus) for the treatment of HIV |
US12/179,399 US8858946B2 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2008-07-24 | Method for inhibiting HIV-1 replication utilizing anti-GBV-C E2 antibodies |
US14/460,517 US10034936B2 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2014-08-15 | Method of inducing a cross-reactive HIV-1 immune response by administering a composition comprising the GBV-C E2 protein |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US47598703P | 2003-06-05 | 2003-06-05 | |
US10/862,061 US20050118181A1 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2004-06-04 | GB virus C (hepatitis G virus) for the treatment of HIV |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/179,399 Division US8858946B2 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2008-07-24 | Method for inhibiting HIV-1 replication utilizing anti-GBV-C E2 antibodies |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20050118181A1 true US20050118181A1 (en) | 2005-06-02 |
Family
ID=33511741
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/862,061 Abandoned US20050118181A1 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2004-06-04 | GB virus C (hepatitis G virus) for the treatment of HIV |
US12/179,399 Expired - Fee Related US8858946B2 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2008-07-24 | Method for inhibiting HIV-1 replication utilizing anti-GBV-C E2 antibodies |
US14/460,517 Expired - Fee Related US10034936B2 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2014-08-15 | Method of inducing a cross-reactive HIV-1 immune response by administering a composition comprising the GBV-C E2 protein |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/179,399 Expired - Fee Related US8858946B2 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2008-07-24 | Method for inhibiting HIV-1 replication utilizing anti-GBV-C E2 antibodies |
US14/460,517 Expired - Fee Related US10034936B2 (en) | 2003-06-05 | 2014-08-15 | Method of inducing a cross-reactive HIV-1 immune response by administering a composition comprising the GBV-C E2 protein |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US20050118181A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2004108159A2 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20150071955A1 (en) * | 2012-03-20 | 2015-03-12 | The University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Gb virus c (hepatitis g virus) e2 glycoprotein as an immunomodulatory agent |
Families Citing this family (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7951531B2 (en) | 2005-02-17 | 2011-05-31 | University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Flavivirus NS5A proteins for the treatment of HIV |
WO2008127840A2 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2008-10-23 | University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Flavivirus ns5a proteins for the treatment of hiv |
US20160067331A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2016-03-10 | The University Of Iowa Reseach Foundation | Viral proteins as immunomodulatory agents and vaccine components |
US10493141B2 (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2019-12-03 | The University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Viral RNA segments as immunomodulatory agents and vaccine components |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1994018217A1 (en) * | 1993-02-03 | 1994-08-18 | Abbott Laboratories | Non-a, non-b, non-c, non-d, non-e hepatitis reagents and methods for their use |
US5766840A (en) * | 1994-05-20 | 1998-06-16 | Genelabs Technologies, Inc. | Hepatitis G virus and molecular cloning thereof |
US6156495A (en) * | 1994-02-14 | 2000-12-05 | Abbott Laboratories | Hepatitis GB virus recombinant proteins and uses thereof |
Family Cites Families (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5530101A (en) | 1988-12-28 | 1996-06-25 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Humanized immunoglobulins |
US5889157A (en) | 1990-10-12 | 1999-03-30 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Humanized B3 antibody fragments, fusion proteins, and uses thereof |
WO1994004574A1 (en) * | 1991-08-22 | 1994-03-03 | Nissin Shokuhin Kabushiki Kaisha | Hiv immunotherapeutics |
US6558898B1 (en) | 1994-02-14 | 2003-05-06 | Abbott Laboratories | Non-A, non-B, non-C, non-D, non-E hepatitis reagents and methods for their use |
US6586568B1 (en) | 1994-02-14 | 2003-07-01 | Abbott Laboratories | Non-A, non-B, non-C, non-D, non-E hepatitis reagents and methods for their use |
US6451578B1 (en) | 1994-02-14 | 2002-09-17 | Abbott Laboratories | Non-A, non-B, non-C, non-D, non-E hepatitis reagents and methods for their use |
US6720166B2 (en) | 1994-02-14 | 2004-04-13 | Abbott Laboratories | Non-a, non-b, non-c, non-c, non-d, non-e hepatitis reagents and methods for their use |
US5981172A (en) | 1994-02-14 | 1999-11-09 | Abbott Laboratories | Non-A, non-B, non-C, non-D, non-E Hepatitis reagents and methods for their use |
US6051374A (en) | 1994-02-14 | 2000-04-18 | Abbott Laboratories | Non-A, non-B, non-C, non-D, non-E hepatitis reagents and methods for their use |
US5874563A (en) | 1994-05-20 | 1999-02-23 | Genelabs Technologies, Inc. | Hepatitis G virus and molecular cloning thereof |
US5888773A (en) | 1994-08-17 | 1999-03-30 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Method of producing single-chain Fv molecules |
US5731168A (en) | 1995-03-01 | 1998-03-24 | Genentech, Inc. | Method for making heteromultimeric polypeptides |
DE19613406A1 (en) * | 1996-04-03 | 1997-10-09 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | Expression of HGV antigens and their use |
EP0832901A1 (en) * | 1996-09-18 | 1998-04-01 | Roche Diagnostics GmbH | Antibodies to hepatitis G virus, and their diagnostic use to detect HGV, and as therapeutic agent |
US6387959B1 (en) * | 1999-07-02 | 2002-05-14 | Universiteit Utrecht | Antiviral therapy |
US6870043B2 (en) * | 2000-04-06 | 2005-03-22 | The University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Full-length GB virus C (hepatitis G virus) RNA transcripts are infectious in primary CD4 positive T cells |
AU2003287216A1 (en) * | 2002-10-24 | 2004-05-13 | Sarah George | Gb virus c and methods of treating viral infections |
-
2004
- 2004-06-04 US US10/862,061 patent/US20050118181A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2004-06-04 WO PCT/US2004/017706 patent/WO2004108159A2/en active Application Filing
-
2008
- 2008-07-24 US US12/179,399 patent/US8858946B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2014
- 2014-08-15 US US14/460,517 patent/US10034936B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1994018217A1 (en) * | 1993-02-03 | 1994-08-18 | Abbott Laboratories | Non-a, non-b, non-c, non-d, non-e hepatitis reagents and methods for their use |
US6156495A (en) * | 1994-02-14 | 2000-12-05 | Abbott Laboratories | Hepatitis GB virus recombinant proteins and uses thereof |
US5766840A (en) * | 1994-05-20 | 1998-06-16 | Genelabs Technologies, Inc. | Hepatitis G virus and molecular cloning thereof |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20150071955A1 (en) * | 2012-03-20 | 2015-03-12 | The University Of Iowa Research Foundation | Gb virus c (hepatitis g virus) e2 glycoprotein as an immunomodulatory agent |
US9611301B2 (en) * | 2012-03-20 | 2017-04-04 | The University Of Iowa Research Foundation | GB virus C (hepatitis G virus) E2 glycoprotein as an immunomodulatory agent |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US8858946B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 |
US20090010932A1 (en) | 2009-01-08 |
US20140348866A1 (en) | 2014-11-27 |
US10034936B2 (en) | 2018-07-31 |
WO2004108159A3 (en) | 2005-04-07 |
WO2004108159A2 (en) | 2004-12-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10034936B2 (en) | Method of inducing a cross-reactive HIV-1 immune response by administering a composition comprising the GBV-C E2 protein | |
US8268778B2 (en) | Flavivirus NS5A proteins for the treatment of HIV | |
US20150150960A1 (en) | Protection against dengue virus and prevention of severe dengue disease | |
US7875280B2 (en) | Methods and compositions involving LcrV proteins | |
Kurokohchi et al. | Use of recombinant protein to identify a motif-negative human cytotoxic T-cell epitope presented by HLA-A2 in the hepatitis C virus NS3 region | |
CA2696437A1 (en) | Production and use of epitope-tagged hepatitis c virus particle | |
KR20170066433A (en) | Viral rna segments as immunomodulatory agents and vaccine components | |
Boyer et al. | DNA vaccination as anti-human immunodeficiency virus immunotherapy in infected chimpanzees | |
WO2001021807A1 (en) | Hepatitis c virus envelope two protein (e2) which lacks all or part of the hypervariable region one (hvr1), corresponding nucleic acids, chimeric viruses and uses thereof | |
US20080044433A1 (en) | Epitopes of hepatitis C virus | |
Arribillaga et al. | Enhancement of CD4 and CD8 immunity by anti-CD137 (4-1BB) monoclonal antibodies during hepatitis C vaccination with recombinant adenovirus | |
US20090028932A1 (en) | Vaccine formulations for leishmania | |
US20150071955A1 (en) | Gb virus c (hepatitis g virus) e2 glycoprotein as an immunomodulatory agent | |
JP5133706B2 (en) | Hepatitis C virus-derived peptide | |
TWI787622B (en) | Composition of subunit dengue vaccine | |
US6870043B2 (en) | Full-length GB virus C (hepatitis G virus) RNA transcripts are infectious in primary CD4 positive T cells | |
US7951531B2 (en) | Flavivirus NS5A proteins for the treatment of HIV | |
US7291723B2 (en) | GB virus C and methods of treating viral infections | |
EP2723372A2 (en) | Protection against dengue virus and prevention of severe dengue disease | |
US20160067331A1 (en) | Viral proteins as immunomodulatory agents and vaccine components | |
US7078500B1 (en) | Genetic immunization with nonstructural proteins of hepatitis C virus | |
WO2004003141A2 (en) | A protein that interacts with lipids and methods for treating hyperlipidemia | |
Rau | Immunological approach for improving protein-based subunit vaccines against classical swine fever | |
US20080045457A1 (en) | Ancestral Hepatitis C virus envelope protein sequence | |
CA2521931A1 (en) | Use of hcv proteins |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: UNITED STATES OF AMERICAS AS REPRESENTED BY THE SE Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:STAPLETON, JACK T.;XIANG, JINHUA;KLINZMAN, DONNA;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:016294/0529 Effective date: 20050120 Owner name: UNIVERSITY OF IOWA RESEARCH FOUNDATION, THE, IOWA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:STAPLETON, JACK T.;XIANG, JINHUA;KLINZMAN, DONNA;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:016294/0529 Effective date: 20050120 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:UNIVERSITY OF IOWA;REEL/FRAME:021639/0556 Effective date: 20040903 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |